* breakpoint.c (update_global_location_list): Add boolean
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "demangle.h"
40 #include "annotate.h"
41 #include "symfile.h"
42 #include "objfiles.h"
43 #include "source.h"
44 #include "linespec.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
46 #include "gdb.h"
47 #include "ui-out.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
49 #include "gdb_assert.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
55 #include "memattr.h"
56 #include "ada-lang.h"
57 #include "top.h"
58 #include "wrapper.h"
59
60 #include "gdb-events.h"
61 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
62
63 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
64
65 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg,
66 int error);
67
68 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
69
70 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
71
72 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
73
74 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
75
76 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
77
78 static void disable_command (char *, int);
79
80 static void enable_command (char *, int);
81
82 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
83
84 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
85
86 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
87
88 static void clear_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void catch_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void watch_command (char *, int);
93
94 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
95
96 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
97
98 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
99
100 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
101
102 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
103
104 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
105
106 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
107 enum bptype bptype);
108
109 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
110
111 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
112
113 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
114
115 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
116
117 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
118
119 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
120
121 static void commands_command (char *, int);
122
123 static void condition_command (char *, int);
124
125 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
126
127 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
128
129 typedef enum
130 {
131 mark_inserted,
132 mark_uninserted
133 }
134 insertion_state_t;
135
136 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
137
138 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
139
140 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
141
142 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
143
144 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
145
146 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
147
148 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
149
150 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
151
152 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
153
154 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
155
156 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
157
158 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
159
160 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
163
164 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
165 char *cond_string,
166 enum bptype bp_kind);
167
168 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
169
170 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
171
172 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
173
174 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
175
176 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
177
178 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
179
180 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
181 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
182
183 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
186
187 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
188
189 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
190
191 static struct bp_location *
192 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list (int);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
197
198 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
201
202 static const char *
203 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
204 {
205 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
206 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
207 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
208 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
209 }
210
211 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
212 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
213 if such is available. */
214 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
215
216 static void
217 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
218 struct cmd_list_element *c,
219 const char *value)
220 {
221 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
222 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
223 value);
224 }
225
226 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
227 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
228 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
229 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
230 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
231 static void
232 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
233 struct cmd_list_element *c,
234 const char *value)
235 {
236 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
237 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
238 value);
239 }
240
241 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
242 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
243 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
244 use hardware breakpoints. */
245 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
246 static void
247 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
248 struct cmd_list_element *c,
249 const char *value)
250 {
251 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
252 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
253 value);
254 }
255
256 /* If 1, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is stopped,
257 and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If 0, gdb will insert
258 breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and will remove
259 breakpoints upon stop. */
260 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
261 static void
262 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
263 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
264 {
265 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
266 }
267
268
269 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
270
271 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
272
273 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
274 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
275
276 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
277 static int overlay_events_enabled;
278
279 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
281 breakpoint. */
282
283 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
284
285 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
286 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
287 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
288 B = TMP)
289
290 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
291
292 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
293
294 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
295 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
296 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
297 B = TMP)
298
299 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
300
301 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
302
303 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
304
305 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
306
307 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
308
309 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
310 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
311 may still be reported by a target. */
312 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
313
314 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
315
316 int breakpoint_count;
317
318 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
319 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
320 loaded.
321
322 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
323 or undefined results are guaranteed.
324
325 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
326 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
327 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
328 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
329 then access the string. */
330
331 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
332 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
333 #endif
334
335 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
336 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
337 unloaded.
338
339 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
340 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
341
342 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
343 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
344 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
345 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
346 then access the string. */
347
348 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
349 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
350 #endif
351
352 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
353 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
354 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
355
356 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
357 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
358 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
359 #endif
360
361 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
362 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
363 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
364 unloaded. */
365
366 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
367 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
368 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
369 #endif
370
371 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
372 static int
373 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
374 {
375 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
376 }
377
378 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
379
380 void
381 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
382 {
383 breakpoint_count = num;
384 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
385 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
386 }
387
388 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
389
390 void
391 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
392 {
393 struct breakpoint *b;
394
395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
396 b->hit_count = 0;
397 }
398
399 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
400 for "break" command with no arg.
401 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
402 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
403
404 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
405
406 int default_breakpoint_valid;
407 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
408 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
409 int default_breakpoint_line;
410 \f
411 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
412 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
413
414 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
415 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
416 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
417
418 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
419
420 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
421 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
422 static int
423 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
424 {
425 int retval = 0; /* default */
426 char *p = *pp;
427
428 if (p == NULL)
429 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
430 return breakpoint_count;
431 else if (*p == '$')
432 {
433 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
434 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
435 char *varname;
436 char *start = ++p;
437 struct value *val;
438
439 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
440 p++;
441 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
442 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
443 varname[p - start] = '\0';
444 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
445 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
446 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
447 else
448 {
449 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
450 retval = 0;
451 }
452 }
453 else
454 {
455 if (*p == '-')
456 ++p;
457 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
458 ++p;
459 if (p == *pp)
460 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
461 {
462 /* Skip non-numeric token */
463 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
464 ++p;
465 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
466 retval = 0;
467 }
468 else
469 retval = atoi (*pp);
470 }
471 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
472 {
473 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
474 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
475 ++p;
476 retval = 0;
477 }
478 while (isspace (*p))
479 p++;
480 *pp = p;
481 return retval;
482 }
483
484
485 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
486 int
487 get_number (char **pp)
488 {
489 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
490 }
491
492 /* Parse a number or a range.
493 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
494 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
495 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
496 * inclusive.
497 *
498 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
499 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
500 *
501 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
502 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
503 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
504 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
505 * pointer PP past <number2>.
506 */
507
508 int
509 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
510 {
511 static int last_retval, end_value;
512 static char *end_ptr;
513 static int in_range = 0;
514
515 if (**pp != '-')
516 {
517 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
518 or to the first number of a range. */
519 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
520 if (**pp == '-')
521 {
522 char **temp;
523
524 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
525 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
526 and also remember the end of the final token. */
527
528 temp = &end_ptr;
529 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
530 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
531 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
532 end_value = get_number (temp);
533 if (end_value < last_retval)
534 {
535 error (_("inverted range"));
536 }
537 else if (end_value == last_retval)
538 {
539 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
540 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
541 single number. */
542 *pp = end_ptr;
543 }
544 else
545 in_range = 1;
546 }
547 }
548 else if (! in_range)
549 error (_("negative value"));
550 else
551 {
552 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
553 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
554 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
555 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
556 is reached. */
557
558 if (++last_retval == end_value)
559 {
560 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
561 *pp = end_ptr;
562 in_range = 0;
563 }
564 }
565 return last_retval;
566 }
567
568
569 \f
570 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
571
572 static void
573 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
574 {
575 struct breakpoint *b;
576 char *p;
577 int bnum;
578
579 if (arg == 0)
580 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
581
582 p = arg;
583 bnum = get_number (&p);
584 if (bnum == 0)
585 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
586
587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
588 if (b->number == bnum)
589 {
590 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
591 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
592 {
593 if (loc->cond)
594 {
595 xfree (loc->cond);
596 loc->cond = 0;
597 }
598 }
599 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
600 xfree (b->cond_string);
601
602 if (*p == 0)
603 {
604 b->cond_string = NULL;
605 if (from_tty)
606 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
607 }
608 else
609 {
610 arg = p;
611 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
612 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
613 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
614 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
615 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
616 {
617 arg = p;
618 loc->cond =
619 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
620 if (*arg)
621 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
622 }
623 }
624 breakpoints_changed ();
625 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
626 return;
627 }
628
629 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
630 }
631
632 static void
633 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
634 {
635 struct breakpoint *b;
636 char *p;
637 int bnum;
638 struct command_line *l;
639
640 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
641 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
642 being read from. */
643
644 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
645 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649
650 if (p && *p)
651 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
652
653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
654 if (b->number == bnum)
655 {
656 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
657 bnum);
658 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
659 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
660 do_cleanups (cleanups);
661 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
662 b->commands = l;
663 breakpoints_changed ();
664 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
665 return;
666 }
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
671 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
672
673 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
674 that are part of if and while bodies. */
675 enum command_control_type
676 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
677 {
678 struct breakpoint *b;
679 char *p;
680 int bnum;
681
682 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
683 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
684 being read from. */
685
686 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
687 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
688
689 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
690 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
691 if (arg && !*arg)
692 p = NULL;
693 else
694 p = arg;
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
696
697 if (p && *p)
698 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
699
700 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
701 if (b->number == bnum)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
704 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
705 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
706 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
707 list after it finishes execution. */
708 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
709 breakpoints_changed ();
710 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
711 return simple_control;
712 }
713 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
714 }
715 \f
716 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
717 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
718
719 void
720 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
721 {
722 struct bp_location *b;
723 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
724 int bp_size = 0;
725 int bptoffset = 0;
726
727 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
728 {
729 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
730 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
731 b->owner->number);
732
733 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
734 continue;
735 if (!b->inserted)
736 continue;
737 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
738 we need to copy. */
739 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
740 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
741 if (bp_size == 0)
742 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
743 continue;
744
745 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
746 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
747 are reading. */
748 continue;
749
750 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
751 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
752 reading. */
753 continue;
754
755 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
756 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
757 {
758 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
759 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
760 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
761 bp_addr = memaddr;
762 }
763
764 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
765 {
766 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
767 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
768 }
769
770 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
771 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
772 }
773 }
774 \f
775
776 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
777 static void
778 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
779 {
780 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
781 int val = -1;
782
783 switch (b->type)
784 {
785 case bp_catch_fork:
786 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
787 break;
788 case bp_catch_vfork:
789 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
790 break;
791 case bp_catch_exec:
792 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
793 break;
794 default:
795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
796 break;
797 }
798 }
799
800 static int
801 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
802 {
803 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
804 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
805 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
806 }
807
808 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
809 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
810 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
811 not need them.
812
813 If an error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
814 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
815 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
816 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
817 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
818
819 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
820 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
821 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
822 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
823
824 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
825 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
826 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
827 chain. */
828
829 static void
830 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
831 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
832 {
833 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
834
835 *valp = NULL;
836 if (resultp)
837 *resultp = NULL;
838 if (val_chain)
839 *val_chain = NULL;
840
841 /* Evaluate the expression. */
842 mark = value_mark ();
843 result = NULL;
844 gdb_evaluate_expression (exp, &result);
845 new_mark = value_mark ();
846 if (mark == new_mark)
847 return;
848 if (resultp)
849 *resultp = result;
850
851 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
852 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
853 if (result != NULL
854 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
855 *valp = result;
856
857 if (val_chain)
858 {
859 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
860 decide which addresses to watch. */
861 *val_chain = new_mark;
862 value_release_to_mark (mark);
863 }
864 }
865
866 /* Assuming that B is a hardware watchpoint:
867 - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
868 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
869 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
870
871 If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing. If this is
872 local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
873 static void
874 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
875 {
876 int within_current_scope;
877 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
878 struct bp_location *loc;
879 bpstat bs;
880
881 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in
882 bp_location_chain and update_global_locations will
883 eventually delete them and remove breakpoints if
884 needed. */
885 b->loc = NULL;
886
887 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
888 return;
889
890 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
891 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
892 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
893 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
894 selected frame. */
895 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
896
897 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
898 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
899 within_current_scope = 1;
900 else
901 {
902 struct frame_info *fi;
903 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
904 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
905 if (within_current_scope)
906 select_frame (fi);
907 }
908
909 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
910 {
911 char *s;
912 if (b->exp)
913 {
914 xfree (b->exp);
915 b->exp = NULL;
916 }
917 s = b->exp_string;
918 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
919 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
920 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
921 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
922 be completely different objects. */
923 value_free (b->val);
924 b->val = NULL;
925 b->val_valid = 0;
926 }
927
928 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
929 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
930 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
931 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
932 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
933 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
934 {
935 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
936
937 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
938
939 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
940 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
941 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
942 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
943 if (!b->val_valid)
944 {
945 b->val = v;
946 b->val_valid = 1;
947 }
948
949 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
950 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
951 {
952 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
953 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
954 must watch it. If the first value returned is
955 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
956 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
957 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
958 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
959 {
960 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
961
962 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
963 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
964 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
965 if (v == result
966 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
967 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
968 {
969 CORE_ADDR addr;
970 int len, type;
971 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
972
973 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
974 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
975 type = hw_write;
976 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
977 type = hw_read;
978 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
979 type = hw_access;
980
981 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
982 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
983 ;
984 *tmp = loc;
985 loc->address = addr;
986 loc->length = len;
987 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
988 }
989 }
990
991 next = value_next (v);
992 if (v != b->val)
993 value_free (v);
994 }
995
996 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
997 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
998 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
999 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1000 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1001 {
1002 char *s = b->cond_string;
1003 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1004 }
1005 }
1006 else if (!within_current_scope)
1007 {
1008 printf_filtered (_("\
1009 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1010 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1011 b->number);
1012 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1013 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1014 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1015 }
1016
1017 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1018 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1019 }
1020
1021
1022 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1023 inserted in the inferior. */
1024 static int
1025 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1026 {
1027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1028 return 0;
1029
1030 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1031 return 0;
1032
1033 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1034 return 0;
1035
1036 return 1;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1040 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1041 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1042
1043 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1044 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1045 static int
1046 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1047 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1048 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1049 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1050 {
1051 int val = 0;
1052
1053 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1054 return 0;
1055
1056 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1057 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1058 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1059
1060 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1061 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1062 {
1063 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1064 {
1065 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1066 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1067 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1068 Two important cases are:
1069 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1070 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1071 hardware breakpoint.
1072 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1073 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1074 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1075
1076 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1077 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1078 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1079 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1080 struct mem_region *mr
1081 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1082
1083 if (mr)
1084 {
1085 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1086 {
1087 int changed = 0;
1088 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1089
1090 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1091 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1092 else
1093 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1094
1095 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1096 {
1097 static int said = 0;
1098 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1099 if (!said)
1100 {
1101 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1102 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1103 said = 1;
1104 }
1105 }
1106 }
1107 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1108 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1109 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1110 paddr (bpt->address));
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1115 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1116 || bpt->section == NULL
1117 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1118 {
1119 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1120
1121 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1122 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1123 else
1124 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1125 }
1126 else
1127 {
1128 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1129 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1130 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1131 {
1132 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1133 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1134 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1135 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1136 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1137 bpt->owner->number);
1138 else
1139 {
1140 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1141 bpt->section);
1142 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1143 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1144 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1145 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1146 if (val != 0)
1147 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1148 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1149 bpt->owner->number);
1150 }
1151 }
1152 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1153 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1154 {
1155 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1156 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1157 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1158 else
1159 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1160 }
1161 else
1162 {
1163 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1164 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1165 return 0;
1166 }
1167 }
1168
1169 if (val)
1170 {
1171 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1172 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1173 {
1174 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1175 val = 0;
1176 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1177 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1178 {
1179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1180 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1181 bpt->owner->number);
1182 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1183 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1184 }
1185 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1186 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1187 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1188 }
1189 else
1190 {
1191 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1192 *process_warning = 1;
1193 #endif
1194 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1195 {
1196 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1197 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1198 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1199 bpt->owner->number);
1200 }
1201 else
1202 {
1203 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1204 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1205 bpt->owner->number);
1206 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1207 "Error accessing memory address ");
1208 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1209 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1210 safe_strerror (val));
1211 }
1212
1213 }
1214 }
1215 else
1216 bpt->inserted = 1;
1217
1218 return val;
1219 }
1220
1221 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1222 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1223 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1224 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1225 {
1226 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1227 bpt->length,
1228 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1229 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1230 }
1231
1232 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1233 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1234 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1235 {
1236 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1237 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1238 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1239 bpt->owner->number);
1240 if (e.reason < 0)
1241 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1242 else
1243 bpt->inserted = 1;
1244
1245 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1246 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1247 so just return success. */
1248 return 0;
1249 }
1250
1251 return 0;
1252 }
1253
1254 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1255 Throws exception on any error.
1256 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1257 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1258 void
1259 insert_breakpoints (void)
1260 {
1261 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1262
1263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1264 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1265 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1266
1267 update_global_location_list (1);
1268
1269 if (!always_inserted_mode && target_has_execution)
1270 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1271 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1272 insert them now. */
1273 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1277 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1278 Both return zero if successful,
1279 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1280
1281 static void
1282 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1283 {
1284 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1285 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1286 int error = 0;
1287 int val = 0;
1288 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1289 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1290 int process_warning = 0;
1291
1292 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1293 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1294
1295 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1296 there was an error. */
1297 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1298
1299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1300 {
1301 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1302 continue;
1303
1304 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1305 thread no longer exists. */
1306 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1307 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1308 continue;
1309
1310 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1311 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1312 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1313 if (val)
1314 error = val;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1318 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1320 {
1321 int some_failed = 0;
1322 struct bp_location *loc;
1323
1324 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1325 continue;
1326
1327 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_enabled)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1331 continue;
1332
1333 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1334 if (!loc->inserted)
1335 {
1336 some_failed = 1;
1337 break;
1338 }
1339 if (some_failed)
1340 {
1341 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1342 if (loc->inserted)
1343 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1344
1345 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1346 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1347 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1348 bpt->number);
1349 error = -1;
1350 }
1351 }
1352
1353 if (error)
1354 {
1355 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1356 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1357 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1358 {
1359 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1360 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1361 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1362 }
1363 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1364 if (process_warning)
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1366 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1367 #endif
1368 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1369 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1370 }
1371 }
1372
1373 int
1374 remove_breakpoints (void)
1375 {
1376 struct bp_location *b;
1377 int val;
1378
1379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1380 {
1381 if (b->inserted)
1382 {
1383 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1384 if (val != 0)
1385 return val;
1386 }
1387 }
1388 return 0;
1389 }
1390
1391 int
1392 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1393 {
1394 struct bp_location *b;
1395 int val;
1396
1397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1398 {
1399 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1400 {
1401 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1402 if (val != 0)
1403 return val;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 return 0;
1407 }
1408
1409 int
1410 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1411 {
1412 struct bp_location *b;
1413 int val;
1414 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1415 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1416 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1417
1418 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1419
1420 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1421 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1422 {
1423 if (b->inserted)
1424 {
1425 b->inserted = 0;
1426 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1427 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1428 if (val != 0)
1429 {
1430 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1431 return val;
1432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1436 return 0;
1437 }
1438
1439 void
1440 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1441 {
1442 struct breakpoint *b;
1443 struct breakpoint *temp;
1444 struct bp_location *bploc;
1445
1446 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1447 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1448 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1449 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1450 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1451 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1452 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1453 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1454 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1455 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1456
1457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1458 {
1459 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1460 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1461 {
1462 delete_breakpoint (b);
1463 continue;
1464 }
1465
1466 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1467 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1468 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1469 {
1470 delete_breakpoint (b);
1471 continue;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1475 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1476 {
1477 delete_breakpoint (b);
1478 continue;
1479 }
1480
1481 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1482 after an exec. */
1483 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1490 won't stop when it ought!
1491
1492 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1493 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1494 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1495 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1496 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1497 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1498 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1499 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1500 {
1501 continue;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1505 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1506 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1507 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1508 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1509 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1510
1511 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1512 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1513 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1514 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1515 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1516 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1517 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1518
1519 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1520 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1521 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1522 let finish_command delete it.
1523
1524 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1525 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1526 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1527 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1528 solib breakpoints.) */
1529
1530 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1531 {
1532 continue;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1536 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1537 a.out. */
1538 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1539 {
1540 delete_breakpoint (b);
1541 continue;
1542 }
1543 }
1544 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1545 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1546 }
1547
1548 int
1549 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1550 {
1551 struct bp_location *b;
1552 int val;
1553 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1554
1555 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1556 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1557
1558 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1559 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1560 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1561 {
1562 if (b->inserted)
1563 {
1564 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1565 if (val != 0)
1566 {
1567 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1568 return val;
1569 }
1570 }
1571 }
1572 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1573 return 0;
1574 }
1575
1576 static int
1577 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1578 {
1579 int val;
1580
1581 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1582 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1583 return 0;
1584
1585 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1586 This should not ever happen. */
1587 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1588
1589 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1590 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1591 {
1592 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1593 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1594 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1595
1596 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1597 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1598 || b->section == NULL
1599 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1600 {
1601 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1602
1603 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1604 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1605 else
1606 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1607 }
1608 else
1609 {
1610 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1611 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1612 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1613 {
1614 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1615 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1616 */
1617 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1618 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1619 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1620 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1621 else
1622 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1623 }
1624 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1625 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1626 if (b->inserted)
1627 {
1628 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1629 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1630 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1631 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1632 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1633 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1634
1635 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1636 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1637 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1638 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1639 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1640 else
1641 val = 0;
1642 }
1643 else
1644 {
1645 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1646 val = 0;
1647 }
1648 }
1649 if (val)
1650 return val;
1651 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1652 }
1653 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1654 {
1655 struct value *v;
1656 struct value *n;
1657
1658 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1659 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1660 b->watchpoint_type);
1661
1662 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1663 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1664 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1665 b->owner->number);
1666 }
1667 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1668 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1669 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1670 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1671 && !b->duplicate)
1672 {
1673 val = -1;
1674 switch (b->owner->type)
1675 {
1676 case bp_catch_fork:
1677 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1678 break;
1679 case bp_catch_vfork:
1680 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1681 break;
1682 case bp_catch_exec:
1683 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1684 break;
1685 default:
1686 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1687 break;
1688 }
1689 if (val)
1690 return val;
1691 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1692 }
1693
1694 return 0;
1695 }
1696
1697 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1698
1699 void
1700 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1701 {
1702 struct bp_location *bpt;
1703
1704 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1705 bpt->inserted = 0;
1706 }
1707
1708 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1709 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1710
1711 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1712 between runs.
1713
1714 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1715 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1716 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1717
1718
1719
1720 void
1721 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1722 {
1723 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1724 struct bp_location *bpt;
1725
1726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1727 bpt->inserted = 0;
1728
1729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1730 {
1731 switch (b->type)
1732 {
1733 case bp_call_dummy:
1734 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1735
1736 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1737 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1738 get rid of it.
1739
1740 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1741 delete_breakpoint (b);
1742 break;
1743
1744 case bp_watchpoint:
1745 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1746 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1747 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1748
1749 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1750 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1751 delete_breakpoint (b);
1752 else if (context == inf_starting)
1753 {
1754 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1755 in insert_breakpoints. */
1756 if (b->val)
1757 value_free (b->val);
1758 b->val = NULL;
1759 b->val_valid = 0;
1760 }
1761 break;
1762 default:
1763 break;
1764 }
1765 }
1766 }
1767
1768 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1769 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1770 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1771 permanent breakpoint.
1772 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1773 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1774 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1775 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1776 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1777
1778 enum breakpoint_here
1779 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1780 {
1781 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1782 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1783
1784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1785 {
1786 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1787 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1788 continue;
1789
1790 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1791 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1792 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1793 {
1794 if (overlay_debugging
1795 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1796 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1797 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1798 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1799 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1800 else
1801 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1802 }
1803 }
1804
1805 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1806 }
1807
1808
1809 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1810 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1811 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1812 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1813
1814 int
1815 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1816 {
1817 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1818
1819 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1820 {
1821 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1822 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1823 continue;
1824
1825 if (bpt->inserted
1826 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1827 {
1828 if (overlay_debugging
1829 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1830 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1832 else
1833 return 1;
1834 }
1835 }
1836 return 0;
1837 }
1838
1839 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1840 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1841
1842 int
1843 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1844 {
1845 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1846 return 1;
1847
1848 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1849 return 1;
1850
1851 return 0;
1852 }
1853
1854 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1855 inserted at PC. */
1856
1857 int
1858 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1859 {
1860 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1861 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1862
1863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1864 {
1865 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1866 continue;
1867
1868 if (bpt->inserted
1869 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1870 {
1871 if (overlay_debugging
1872 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1873 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1874 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1875 else
1876 return 1;
1877 }
1878 }
1879
1880 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1881 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1882 return 1;
1883
1884 return 0;
1885 }
1886
1887 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1888 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1889
1890 int
1891 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1892 {
1893 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1894 int thread;
1895
1896 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1901 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1902 continue;
1903
1904 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1905 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1906 && bpt->address == pc
1907 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1908 {
1909 if (overlay_debugging
1910 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1911 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1912 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1913 else
1914 return 1;
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 return 0;
1919 }
1920 \f
1921
1922 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1923 in breakpoint.h. */
1924
1925 int
1926 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1927 {
1928 return
1929 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1930 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1931 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1932 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1933 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1934
1935 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1936 }
1937
1938 int
1939 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1940 {
1941 return
1942 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1943 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1944 }
1945
1946 void
1947 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1948 {
1949 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1950 value_free (bs->old_val);
1951 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1952 xfree (bs);
1953 }
1954
1955 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1956 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1957
1958 void
1959 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1960 {
1961 bpstat p;
1962 bpstat q;
1963
1964 if (bsp == 0)
1965 return;
1966 p = *bsp;
1967 while (p != NULL)
1968 {
1969 q = p->next;
1970 bpstat_free (p);
1971 p = q;
1972 }
1973 *bsp = NULL;
1974 }
1975
1976 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1977 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1978
1979 bpstat
1980 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1981 {
1982 bpstat p = NULL;
1983 bpstat tmp;
1984 bpstat retval = NULL;
1985
1986 if (bs == NULL)
1987 return bs;
1988
1989 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1990 {
1991 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1992 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1993 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1994 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1995 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1996 {
1997 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1998 release_value (tmp->old_val);
1999 }
2000
2001 if (p == NULL)
2002 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2003 retval = tmp;
2004 else
2005 p->next = tmp;
2006 p = tmp;
2007 }
2008 p->next = NULL;
2009 return retval;
2010 }
2011
2012 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2013
2014 bpstat
2015 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2016 {
2017 if (bsp == NULL)
2018 return NULL;
2019
2020 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2021 {
2022 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2023 return bsp;
2024 }
2025 return NULL;
2026 }
2027
2028 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2029 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2030 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2031
2032 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2033 step_resume breakpoint.
2034
2035 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2036 struct breakpoint *
2037 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2038 {
2039 int current_thread;
2040
2041 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2042
2043 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2044
2045 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2046 {
2047 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2048 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2049 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2050 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2051 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2052 }
2053
2054 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2055 }
2056
2057
2058 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2059 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2060 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2061 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2062 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2063 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2064 we set it.
2065 Return 1 otherwise. */
2066
2067 int
2068 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2069 {
2070 struct breakpoint *b;
2071
2072 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2073 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2074
2075 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2076 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2077 this function might return the same number more
2078 than once and this will look ugly. */
2079 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2080 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2081 if (b == NULL)
2082 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2083
2084 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2085 return 1;
2086 }
2087
2088 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2089
2090 void
2091 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2092 {
2093 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2094 {
2095 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2096 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2097 {
2098 value_free (bs->old_val);
2099 bs->old_val = NULL;
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103
2104 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2105 static void
2106 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2107 {
2108 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2112 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2113 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2114 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2115
2116 void
2117 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2118 {
2119 bpstat bs;
2120 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2121
2122 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2123 in bs->commands. */
2124 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2125 return;
2126
2127 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2128 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2129
2130 top:
2131 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2132 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2133 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2134 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2135
2136 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2137 has not proceeded. */
2138
2139 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2140 bs = *bsp;
2141
2142 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2143 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2144 {
2145 struct command_line *cmd;
2146 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2147
2148 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2149
2150 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2151 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2152 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2153 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2154 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2155 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2156 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2157 the tree when we're done. */
2158 cmd = bs->commands;
2159 bs->commands = 0;
2160 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2161
2162 while (cmd != NULL)
2163 {
2164 execute_control_command (cmd);
2165
2166 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2167 break;
2168 else
2169 cmd = cmd->next;
2170 }
2171
2172 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2173 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2174
2175 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2176 {
2177 if (target_can_async_p ())
2178 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might
2179 be still running, not stopped at any breakpoint,
2180 so nothing for us to do here -- just return to
2181 the event loop. */
2182 break;
2183 else
2184 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2185 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2186 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run,
2187 since execute_command does not run breakpoint
2188 commands -- only command_line_handler does, but
2189 that one is not involved in execution of breakpoint
2190 commands. So, we can now execute breakpoint commands.
2191 There's an implicit assumption that we're called with
2192 stop_bpstat, so our parameter is the new bpstat to
2193 handle.
2194 It should be noted that making execute_command do
2195 bpstat actions is not an option -- in this case we'll
2196 have recursive invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint
2197 with a command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. */
2198 goto top;
2199 }
2200 }
2201 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2205
2206 static void
2207 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2208 {
2209 if (val == NULL)
2210 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2211 else
2212 value_print (val, stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2213 }
2214
2215 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2216 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2217 by having it set different print_it values.
2218
2219 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2220 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2221 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2222 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2223 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2224
2225 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2226 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2227 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2228 don't print anything else.
2229 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2230 that something to be followed by a location.
2231 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2232 that something to be followed by a location.
2233 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2234 analysis. */
2235
2236 static enum print_stop_action
2237 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2238 {
2239 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2240 struct breakpoint *b;
2241 const struct bp_location *bl;
2242 struct ui_stream *stb;
2243 int bp_temp = 0;
2244 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2245 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2246 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2247 which has since been deleted. */
2248 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2249 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2250 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2251 b = bl->owner;
2252
2253 switch (b->type)
2254 {
2255 case bp_breakpoint:
2256 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2257 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2258 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2259 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2260 bl->address,
2261 b->number, 1);
2262 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2263 if (bp_temp)
2264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2265 else
2266 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2267 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2268 {
2269 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2270 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2271 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2272 }
2273 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2274 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2275 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2276 break;
2277
2278 case bp_shlib_event:
2279 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2280 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2281 to shlib event" message.) */
2282 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2283 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2284 break;
2285
2286 case bp_thread_event:
2287 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2288 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2289 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2290 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2291 break;
2292
2293 case bp_overlay_event:
2294 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2295 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2296 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2297 break;
2298
2299 case bp_catch_load:
2300 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2301 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2302 b->number,
2303 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2304 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2305 break;
2306
2307 case bp_catch_unload:
2308 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2309 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2310 b->number,
2311 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2312 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2313 break;
2314
2315 case bp_catch_fork:
2316 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2317 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2318 b->number,
2319 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2320 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2321 break;
2322
2323 case bp_catch_vfork:
2324 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2325 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2326 b->number,
2327 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2328 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2329 break;
2330
2331 case bp_catch_exec:
2332 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2333 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2334 b->number,
2335 b->exec_pathname);
2336 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2337 break;
2338
2339 case bp_watchpoint:
2340 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2341 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2342 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2343 ui_out_field_string
2344 (uiout, "reason",
2345 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2346 mention (b);
2347 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2349 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2350 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2351 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2352 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2353 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2354 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2355 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2356 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2357 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2358 break;
2359
2360 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2362 ui_out_field_string
2363 (uiout, "reason",
2364 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2365 mention (b);
2366 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2368 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2369 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2370 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2371 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2372 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2373 break;
2374
2375 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2376 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2377 {
2378 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2380 ui_out_field_string
2381 (uiout, "reason",
2382 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2383 mention (b);
2384 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2385 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2386 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2387 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2389 }
2390 else
2391 {
2392 mention (b);
2393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2394 ui_out_field_string
2395 (uiout, "reason",
2396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2397 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2399 }
2400 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2401 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2402 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2403 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2404 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2405 break;
2406
2407 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2408 here. */
2409
2410 case bp_finish:
2411 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2412 ui_out_field_string
2413 (uiout, "reason",
2414 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2415 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2416 break;
2417
2418 case bp_until:
2419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2420 ui_out_field_string
2421 (uiout, "reason",
2422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2423 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2424 break;
2425
2426 case bp_none:
2427 case bp_longjmp:
2428 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2429 case bp_step_resume:
2430 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2431 case bp_call_dummy:
2432 default:
2433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2434 }
2435 }
2436
2437 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2438 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2439 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2440 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2441 normal_stop(). */
2442
2443 static enum print_stop_action
2444 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2445 {
2446 switch (bs->print_it)
2447 {
2448 case print_it_noop:
2449 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2450 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2451 break;
2452
2453 case print_it_done:
2454 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2455 relevant messages. */
2456 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2457 break;
2458
2459 case print_it_normal:
2460 {
2461 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2462 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2463
2464 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2465 print_it_typical. */
2466 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2467 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2468 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2469 else
2470 return print_it_typical (bs);
2471 }
2472 break;
2473
2474 default:
2475 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2476 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2477 break;
2478 }
2479 }
2480
2481 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2482 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2483 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2484 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2485 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2486 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2487 routine is one of:
2488
2489 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2490 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2491 code to print the location. An example is
2492 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2493 the location.
2494 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2495 to also print the location part of the message.
2496 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2497 don't require a location appended to the end.
2498 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2499 further info to be printed.*/
2500
2501 enum print_stop_action
2502 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2503 {
2504 int val;
2505
2506 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2507 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2508 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2509 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2510 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2511 {
2512 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2513 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2514 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2515 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2520 with and nothing was printed. */
2521 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2522 }
2523
2524 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2525 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2526 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2527 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2528
2529 static int
2530 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2531 {
2532 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2533 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2534 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2535 return i;
2536 }
2537
2538 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2539
2540 static bpstat
2541 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2542 {
2543 bpstat bs;
2544
2545 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2546 cbs->next = bs;
2547 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2548 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2549 bs->commands = NULL;
2550 bs->old_val = NULL;
2551 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2552 return bs;
2553 }
2554 \f
2555 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2556 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2557
2558 int
2559 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2560 {
2561 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2562 CORE_ADDR addr;
2563 struct breakpoint *b;
2564
2565 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2566 {
2567 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2568 as not triggered. */
2569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2570 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2571 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2572 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2573 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2574
2575 return 0;
2576 }
2577
2578 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2579 {
2580 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2581 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2583 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2584 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2585 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2586 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2587
2588 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2589 }
2590
2591 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2592 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2593 triggered. */
2594
2595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2596 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2597 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2598 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2599 {
2600 struct bp_location *loc;
2601 struct value *v;
2602
2603 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2604 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2605 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2606 sufficient. */
2607 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2608 addr, loc->address,
2609 loc->length))
2610 {
2611 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2612 break;
2613 }
2614 }
2615
2616 return 1;
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2620 because of check_errors). */
2621 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2622 #define WP_DELETED 1
2623 /* The value has changed. */
2624 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2625 /* The value has not changed. */
2626 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2627
2628 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2629 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2630
2631 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2632
2633 static int
2634 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2635 {
2636 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2637 struct breakpoint *b;
2638 struct frame_info *fr;
2639 int within_current_scope;
2640
2641 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2642
2643 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2644 within_current_scope = 1;
2645 else
2646 {
2647 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2648 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2649 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2650 reinit_frame_cache ();
2651 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2652 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2653
2654 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2655 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2656 if (within_current_scope
2657 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2658 within_current_scope = 0;
2659
2660 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2661 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2662 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2663 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2664 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2665
2666 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2667 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2668 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2669 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2670 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2671 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2672 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2673 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2674 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2675 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2676 the user. */
2677 select_frame (fr);
2678 }
2679
2680 if (within_current_scope)
2681 {
2682 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2683 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2684 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2685 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2686
2687 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2688 struct value *new_val;
2689
2690 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2691 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2692 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2693 {
2694 if (new_val != NULL)
2695 {
2696 release_value (new_val);
2697 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2698 }
2699 bs->old_val = b->val;
2700 b->val = new_val;
2701 b->val_valid = 1;
2702 /* We will stop here */
2703 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2704 }
2705 else
2706 {
2707 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2708 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2709 /* We won't stop here */
2710 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2711 }
2712 }
2713 else
2714 {
2715 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2716 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2717 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2718 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2719 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2720 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2721 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2722 the first value assigned). */
2723 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2724 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2725 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2726 information here. */
2727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2728 ui_out_field_string
2729 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2730 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2732 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2733 which its expression is valid.\n");
2734
2735 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2736 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2737 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2738
2739 return WP_DELETED;
2740 }
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2744 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2745 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2746 static int
2747 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2748 {
2749 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2750
2751 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2752 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2753 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2754 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2755 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2756 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2757 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2758 && b->type != bp_catch_exec) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2759 {
2760 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2761 return 0;
2762 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2763 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2764 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2765 return 0;
2766 }
2767
2768 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2769 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2770 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2771 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2772 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2773 (did not match the data address). */
2774
2775 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2776 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2777 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2778 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2779 return 0;
2780
2781 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2782 {
2783 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2784 return 0;
2785 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2786 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2787 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2788 return 0;
2789 }
2790
2791 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2792 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2793 ignore it. */
2794 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2795 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2796 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2797 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2798 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2799 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2800 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2801 != 0)))
2802 #endif
2803 )
2804 return 0;
2805
2806 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2807 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2808 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2809 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2810 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2811 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2812 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2813 != 0)))
2814 #endif
2815 )
2816 return 0;
2817
2818 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2819 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2820 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2821 return 0;
2822
2823 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2824 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2825 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2826 return 0;
2827
2828 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2829 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2830 return 0;
2831
2832 return 1;
2833 }
2834
2835 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2836 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2837 to 0. */
2838 static void
2839 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2840 {
2841 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2842 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2843
2844 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2845 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2846 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2847 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2848 {
2849 CORE_ADDR addr;
2850 struct value *v;
2851 int must_check_value = 0;
2852
2853 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2854 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2855 watched value. */
2856 must_check_value = 1;
2857 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2858 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2859 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2860 this watchpoint. */
2861 must_check_value = 1;
2862 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2863 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2864 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2865 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2866 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2867 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2868 must_check_value = 1;
2869
2870 if (must_check_value)
2871 {
2872 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2873 b->number);
2874 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2875 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2876 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2877 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2878 switch (e)
2879 {
2880 case WP_DELETED:
2881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2882 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2883 /* Stop. */
2884 break;
2885 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2886 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2887 {
2888 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2889 the value has changed. This is for targets
2890 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2891 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2892 bs->stop = 0;
2893 }
2894 break;
2895 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2896 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2897 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2898 {
2899 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2900 the value hasn't changed. */
2901 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2902 bs->stop = 0;
2903 }
2904 /* Stop. */
2905 break;
2906 default:
2907 /* Can't happen. */
2908 case 0:
2909 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2910 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2911 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2912 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2913 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2914 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2915 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2916 break;
2917 }
2918 }
2919 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2920 {
2921 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2922 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2923 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2924 anything for this watchpoint. */
2925 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2926 bs->stop = 0;
2927 }
2928 }
2929 }
2930
2931
2932 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2933 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2934 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2935 static void
2936 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2937 {
2938 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2939 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2940 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2941
2942 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2943 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2944 bs->stop = 0;
2945 else if (bs->stop)
2946 {
2947 int value_is_zero = 0;
2948
2949 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2950 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2951 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2952 iteration. */
2953 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2954 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2955
2956 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2957 {
2958 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2959 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2960 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2961 value_is_zero
2962 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2963 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2964 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2965 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2966 free_all_values ();
2967 }
2968 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2969 {
2970 bs->stop = 0;
2971 }
2972 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2973 {
2974 bs->stop = 0;
2975 }
2976 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2977 {
2978 b->ignore_count--;
2979 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2980 bs->stop = 0;
2981 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2982 stop. */
2983 ++(b->hit_count);
2984 }
2985 }
2986 }
2987
2988
2989 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2990 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2991
2992 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2993 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2994
2995 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2996
2997 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2998
2999 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3000 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3001 several reasons concurrently.)
3002
3003 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3004 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3005
3006 bpstat
3007 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3008 {
3009 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3010 const struct bp_location *bl;
3011 struct bp_location *loc;
3012 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3013 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3014 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3015 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3016 int ix;
3017
3018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3019 {
3020 b = bl->owner;
3021 gdb_assert (b);
3022 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3023 continue;
3024
3025 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3026 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3027 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3028 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3029 alrea
3030 */
3031 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3032 continue;
3033
3034 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3035 continue;
3036
3037 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3038
3039 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3040
3041 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3042 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3043 'stop' to 0. */
3044 bs->stop = 1;
3045 bs->print = 1;
3046
3047 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3048 if (!bs->stop)
3049 continue;
3050
3051 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3052 /* We do not stop for these. */
3053 bs->stop = 0;
3054 else
3055 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3056
3057 if (bs->stop)
3058 {
3059 ++(b->hit_count);
3060
3061 /* We will stop here */
3062 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3063 {
3064 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3065 update_global_location_list (0);
3066 }
3067 if (b->silent)
3068 bs->print = 0;
3069 bs->commands = b->commands;
3070 if (bs->commands &&
3071 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3072 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3073 {
3074 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3075 bs->print = 0;
3076 }
3077 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3078 }
3079
3080 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3081 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3082 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3083 }
3084
3085 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3086 {
3087 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3088 {
3089 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3090 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3091 bs->stop = 0;
3092 bs->print = 0;
3093 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3094 }
3095 }
3096
3097 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3098 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3099
3100 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3101 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3102 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3103 done later. */
3104 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3105 if (bs->stop)
3106 break;
3107
3108 if (bs == NULL)
3109 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3110 if (!bs->stop
3111 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3112 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3113 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3114 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3115 {
3116 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3117 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3118 further code from trying to use it. */
3119 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3120 remove_breakpoints ();
3121 insert_breakpoints ();
3122 break;
3123 }
3124
3125 return root_bs->next;
3126 }
3127 \f
3128 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3129 struct bpstat_what
3130 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3131 {
3132 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3133 enum class
3134 {
3135 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3136 no_effect = 0,
3137
3138 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3139 wp_silent,
3140
3141 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3142 wp_noisy,
3143
3144 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3145 bp_nostop,
3146
3147 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3148 bp_silent,
3149
3150 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3151 bp_noisy,
3152
3153 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3154 long_jump,
3155
3156 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3157 long_resume,
3158
3159 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3160 step_resume,
3161
3162 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3163 shlib_event,
3164
3165 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3166 catch_shlib_event,
3167
3168 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3169 class_last
3170 };
3171
3172 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3173 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3174 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3175 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3176 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3177 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3178 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3179 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3180 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3181 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3182 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3183 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3184
3185 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3186 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3187 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3188 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3189
3190 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3191 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3192 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3193 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3194 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3195 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3196 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3197
3198 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3199 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3200 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3201 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3202 ordering is:
3203
3204 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3205 sgl < shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3206 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3207 clr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3208 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3209 sn < shl shlr sr
3210 shl < shlr sr
3211 shlr < sr
3212 sr <
3213
3214 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3215 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3216 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3217 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3218 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3219
3220 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3221 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3222 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3223
3224 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3225 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3226 {
3227 /* old action */
3228 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl shlr
3229 */
3230 /*no_effect */
3231 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl, shlr},
3232 /*wp_silent */
3233 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3234 /*wp_noisy */
3235 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3236 /*bp_nostop */
3237 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl, shlr},
3238 /*bp_silent */
3239 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3240 /*bp_noisy */
3241 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3242 /*long_jump */
3243 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3244 /*long_resume */
3245 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3246 /*step_resume */
3247 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3248 /*shlib */
3249 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3250 /*catch_shlib */
3251 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3252 };
3253
3254 #undef kc
3255 #undef ss
3256 #undef sn
3257 #undef sgl
3258 #undef slr
3259 #undef clr
3260 #undef err
3261 #undef sr
3262 #undef ts
3263 #undef shl
3264 #undef shlr
3265 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3266 struct bpstat_what retval;
3267
3268 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3269 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3270 {
3271 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3272 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3273 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3274 which has since been deleted. */
3275 continue;
3276 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3277 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3278 else
3279 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3280 {
3281 case bp_none:
3282 continue;
3283
3284 case bp_breakpoint:
3285 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3286 case bp_until:
3287 case bp_finish:
3288 if (bs->stop)
3289 {
3290 if (bs->print)
3291 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3292 else
3293 bs_class = bp_silent;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3297 break;
3298 case bp_watchpoint:
3299 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3300 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3301 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3302 if (bs->stop)
3303 {
3304 if (bs->print)
3305 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3306 else
3307 bs_class = wp_silent;
3308 }
3309 else
3310 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3311 This requires no further action. */
3312 bs_class = no_effect;
3313 break;
3314 case bp_longjmp:
3315 bs_class = long_jump;
3316 break;
3317 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3318 bs_class = long_resume;
3319 break;
3320 case bp_step_resume:
3321 if (bs->stop)
3322 {
3323 bs_class = step_resume;
3324 }
3325 else
3326 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3327 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3328 break;
3329 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3330 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3331 break;
3332 case bp_shlib_event:
3333 bs_class = shlib_event;
3334 break;
3335 case bp_thread_event:
3336 case bp_overlay_event:
3337 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3338 break;
3339 case bp_catch_load:
3340 case bp_catch_unload:
3341 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3342 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3343 catchpoint. */
3344 if (bs->stop)
3345 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3346 else
3347 bs_class = no_effect;
3348 break;
3349 case bp_catch_fork:
3350 case bp_catch_vfork:
3351 case bp_catch_exec:
3352 if (bs->stop)
3353 {
3354 if (bs->print)
3355 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3356 else
3357 bs_class = bp_silent;
3358 }
3359 else
3360 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3361 This requires no further action. */
3362 bs_class = no_effect;
3363 break;
3364 case bp_call_dummy:
3365 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3366 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3367 bs_class = bp_silent;
3368 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3369 break;
3370 }
3371 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3372 }
3373 retval.main_action = current_action;
3374 return retval;
3375 }
3376
3377 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3378 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3379 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3380
3381 int
3382 bpstat_should_step (void)
3383 {
3384 struct breakpoint *b;
3385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3386 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3387 return 1;
3388 return 0;
3389 }
3390
3391 \f
3392
3393 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3394 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3395 on that first list, if any. */
3396 void
3397 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3398 {
3399 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3400 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3401 struct breakpoint *ep;
3402 char *dll_pathname;
3403
3404 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3405 root_bs->next = NULL;
3406
3407 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3408 {
3409 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3410 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3411 if (ep == NULL)
3412 break;
3413 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3414 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3415 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3416 continue;
3417
3418 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3419 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3420 *bs = *ep_list;
3421 bs->next = NULL;
3422 bs = root_bs->next;
3423
3424 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3425 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3426 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3427 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3428 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3429 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3430 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3431 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3432 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3433 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3434 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3435 else
3436 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3437 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3438 #else
3439 dll_pathname = NULL;
3440 #endif
3441 if (dll_pathname)
3442 {
3443 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3444 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3445 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3446 }
3447 else
3448 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3449 }
3450
3451 *cp_list = bs;
3452 }
3453
3454 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3455 struct bp_location *loc,
3456 char *wrap_indent,
3457 struct ui_stream *stb)
3458 {
3459 if (b->source_file)
3460 {
3461 struct symbol *sym
3462 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3463 if (sym)
3464 {
3465 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3467 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3468 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3469 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3470 }
3471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3472 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3473
3474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3475 {
3476 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3477 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3478
3479 if (fullname)
3480 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3481 }
3482
3483 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3484 }
3485 else if (!b->loc)
3486 {
3487 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3488 }
3489 else
3490 {
3491 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3492 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3493 }
3494 }
3495
3496 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3497 static void
3498 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3499 struct bp_location *loc,
3500 int loc_number,
3501 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3502 {
3503 struct command_line *l;
3504 struct symbol *sym;
3505 struct ep_type_description
3506 {
3507 enum bptype type;
3508 char *description;
3509 };
3510 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3511 {
3512 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3513 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3514 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3515 {bp_until, "until"},
3516 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3517 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3518 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3519 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3520 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3521 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3522 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3523 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3524 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3525 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3526 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3527 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3528 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3529 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3530 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3531 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3532 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3533 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3534 };
3535
3536 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3537 char wrap_indent[80];
3538 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3539 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3540 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3541
3542 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3543 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3544
3545 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3546 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3547 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3548 location. */
3549 if (loc == NULL
3550 && (b->loc != NULL
3551 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3552 header_of_multiple = 1;
3553 if (loc == NULL)
3554 loc = b->loc;
3555
3556 annotate_record ();
3557 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3558
3559 /* 1 */
3560 annotate_field (0);
3561 if (part_of_multiple)
3562 {
3563 char *formatted;
3564 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3565 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3566 xfree (formatted);
3567 }
3568 else
3569 {
3570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3571 }
3572
3573 /* 2 */
3574 annotate_field (1);
3575 if (part_of_multiple)
3576 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3577 else
3578 {
3579 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3580 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3581 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3582 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3583 (int) b->type);
3584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3585 }
3586
3587 /* 3 */
3588 annotate_field (2);
3589 if (part_of_multiple)
3590 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3591 else
3592 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3593
3594
3595 /* 4 */
3596 annotate_field (3);
3597 if (part_of_multiple)
3598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3599 else
3600 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3601 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3602 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3603
3604
3605 /* 5 and 6 */
3606 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3607 if (addressprint)
3608 {
3609 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3610 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3611 else
3612 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3613 }
3614
3615 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3616 {
3617 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3618 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3619 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3620 just one location. */
3621 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3622 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3623 }
3624 else
3625 switch (b->type)
3626 {
3627 case bp_none:
3628 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3629 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3630 break;
3631
3632 case bp_watchpoint:
3633 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3634 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3635 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3636 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3637 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3638 is relatively readable). */
3639 if (addressprint)
3640 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3641 annotate_field (5);
3642 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3643 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3644 break;
3645
3646 case bp_catch_load:
3647 case bp_catch_unload:
3648 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3649 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3650 is relatively readable). */
3651 if (addressprint)
3652 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3653 annotate_field (5);
3654 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3655 {
3656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3657 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3658 }
3659 else
3660 {
3661 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3664 }
3665 break;
3666
3667 case bp_catch_fork:
3668 case bp_catch_vfork:
3669 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3670 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3671 is relatively readable). */
3672 if (addressprint)
3673 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3674 annotate_field (5);
3675 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3676 {
3677 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3679 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3680 }
3681 break;
3682
3683 case bp_catch_exec:
3684 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3685 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3686 is relatively readable). */
3687 if (addressprint)
3688 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3689 annotate_field (5);
3690 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3691 {
3692 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3694 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3695 }
3696 break;
3697
3698 case bp_breakpoint:
3699 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3700 case bp_until:
3701 case bp_finish:
3702 case bp_longjmp:
3703 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3704 case bp_step_resume:
3705 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3706 case bp_call_dummy:
3707 case bp_shlib_event:
3708 case bp_thread_event:
3709 case bp_overlay_event:
3710 if (addressprint)
3711 {
3712 annotate_field (4);
3713 if (header_of_multiple)
3714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3715 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3717 else
3718 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3719 }
3720 annotate_field (5);
3721 if (!header_of_multiple)
3722 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3723 if (b->loc)
3724 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3725 break;
3726 }
3727
3728 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3729 {
3730 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3731 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3732 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3733 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3734 }
3735
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3737
3738 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3739 {
3740 annotate_field (6);
3741 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3742 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3743 the frame ID. */
3744 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3745 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3746 }
3747
3748 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3749 {
3750 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3751 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3752 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3753 annotate_field (7);
3754 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3755 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3756 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3757 }
3758
3759 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3760 {
3761 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3762 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3763 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3764 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3765 }
3766
3767 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3768 {
3769 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3770 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3771 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3772 else
3773 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3774 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3775 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3776 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3777 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3778 else
3779 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3783 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3784 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3785 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3786 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3787
3788 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3789 {
3790 annotate_field (8);
3791 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3792 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3793 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3794 }
3795
3796 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3797 {
3798 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3799
3800 annotate_field (9);
3801 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3802 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3803 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3804 }
3805
3806 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3807 {
3808 if (b->addr_string)
3809 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3810 else if (b->exp_string)
3811 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3812 }
3813
3814 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3815 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3816 }
3817
3818 static void
3819 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3820 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3821 {
3822 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3823
3824 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3825 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3826 locations, if any. */
3827 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3828 {
3829 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3830 disabled, we print it as if it had
3831 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3832 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3833 situation.
3834 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3835 several locations internally, that's no a property
3836 exposed to user. */
3837 if (b->loc
3838 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3839 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3840 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3841 {
3842 struct bp_location *loc;
3843 int n = 1;
3844 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3845 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3846 }
3847 }
3848 }
3849
3850
3851 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3852 {
3853 int bnum;
3854 };
3855
3856 static int
3857 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3858 {
3859 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3860 struct breakpoint *b;
3861 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3863 {
3864 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3865 {
3866 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3867 return GDB_RC_OK;
3868 }
3869 }
3870 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3871 }
3872
3873 enum gdb_rc
3874 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3875 {
3876 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3877 args.bnum = bnum;
3878 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3879 an error. */
3880 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3881 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3882 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3883 else
3884 return GDB_RC_OK;
3885 }
3886
3887 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3888 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3889
3890 static int
3891 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3892 {
3893 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3894 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3895 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3896 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3897 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3898 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3899 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3900 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3901 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3902 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3903 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3904 }
3905
3906 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3907 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3908 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3909
3910 static void
3911 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3912 {
3913 struct breakpoint *b;
3914 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3915 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3916 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3917
3918 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3919 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3921 if (bnum == -1
3922 || bnum == b->number)
3923 {
3924 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3925 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3926 }
3927
3928 if (addressprint)
3929 bkpttbl_chain
3930 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3931 "BreakpointTable");
3932 else
3933 bkpttbl_chain
3934 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3935 "BreakpointTable");
3936
3937 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3938 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3939 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3940 annotate_field (0);
3941 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3942 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3943 annotate_field (1);
3944 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3945 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3946 annotate_field (2);
3947 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3948 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3949 annotate_field (3);
3950 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3951 if (addressprint)
3952 {
3953 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3954 annotate_field (4);
3955 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3956 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3957 else
3958 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3959 }
3960 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3961 annotate_field (5);
3962 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3963 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3964 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3965 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3966
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3968 if (bnum == -1
3969 || bnum == b->number)
3970 {
3971 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3972 allflag is set. */
3973 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3974 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3975 }
3976
3977 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3978
3979 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3980 {
3981 if (bnum == -1)
3982 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3983 else
3984 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3985 bnum);
3986 }
3987 else
3988 {
3989 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3990 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3991 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3992 set_next_address (last_addr);
3993 }
3994
3995 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3996 there have been breakpoints? */
3997 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3998 }
3999
4000 static void
4001 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4002 {
4003 int bnum = -1;
4004
4005 if (bnum_exp)
4006 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4007
4008 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
4009 }
4010
4011 static void
4012 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4013 {
4014 int bnum = -1;
4015
4016 if (bnum_exp)
4017 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4018
4019 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4020 }
4021
4022 static int
4023 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
4024 {
4025 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4026 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4027 {
4028 if (bl->address == pc
4029 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4030 return 1;
4031 }
4032 return 0;
4033 }
4034
4035 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4036
4037 static void
4038 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
4039 {
4040 int others = 0;
4041 struct breakpoint *b;
4042
4043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4044 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4045 if (others > 0)
4046 {
4047 if (others == 1)
4048 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4049 else /* if (others == ???) */
4050 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4052 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4053 {
4054 others--;
4055 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4056 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4057 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4058 else if (b->thread != -1)
4059 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4060 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4061 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4062 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4063 ? " (disabled)"
4064 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4065 ? " (permanent)"
4066 : ""),
4067 (others > 1) ? ","
4068 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4069 }
4070 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4071 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4072 printf_filtered (".\n");
4073 }
4074 }
4075 \f
4076 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4077 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4078
4079 void
4080 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4081 int line)
4082 {
4083 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4084 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4085 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4086 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4087 }
4088
4089 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4090 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4091 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4092 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4093
4094 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4095 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4096 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4097 breakpoint at address zero:
4098
4099 bp_watchpoint
4100 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4101 bp_read_watchpoint
4102 bp_access_watchpoint
4103 bp_catch_exec
4104 bp_catch_fork
4105 bp_catch_vork */
4106
4107 static int
4108 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4109 {
4110 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4111
4112 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4113 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4114 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4115 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4116 && type != bp_catch_exec
4117 && type != bp_catch_fork
4118 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4119 }
4120
4121 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4122 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4123 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4124 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4125 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4126
4127 static void
4128 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4129 {
4130 struct bp_location *b;
4131 int count = 0;
4132 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4133
4134 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4135 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4136 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4137 && b->enabled
4138 && !b->shlib_disabled
4139 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4140 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4141 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4142 {
4143 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4144 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4145 {
4146 perm_bp = b;
4147 break;
4148 }
4149
4150 count++;
4151 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4152 }
4153
4154 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4155 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4156 duplicates. */
4157 if (perm_bp)
4158 {
4159 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4160
4161 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4162 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4163 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4164 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4165 "actually inserted"));
4166
4167 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4168 if (b != perm_bp)
4169 {
4170 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4171 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4172 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4173 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4174 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4175 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4176 {
4177 if (b->inserted)
4178 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4179 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4180 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4181
4182 b->duplicate = 1;
4183 }
4184 }
4185 }
4186 }
4187
4188 static void
4189 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4190 {
4191 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4192
4193 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4194 return;
4195
4196 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4197 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4198 }
4199
4200 static void
4201 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4202 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4203 {
4204 char astr1[40];
4205 char astr2[40];
4206
4207 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4208 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4209 if (have_bnum)
4210 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4211 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4212 else
4213 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4214 }
4215
4216 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4217 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4218 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4219 this function is simply the identity function. */
4220
4221 static CORE_ADDR
4222 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4223 {
4224 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4225 {
4226 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4227 return bpaddr;
4228 }
4229 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4230 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4231 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4232 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4233 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4234 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4235 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4236 {
4237 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4238 have their addresses modified. */
4239 return bpaddr;
4240 }
4241 else
4242 {
4243 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4244
4245 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4246 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4247 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4248 bpaddr);
4249
4250 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4251 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4252 is required. */
4253 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4254 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4255
4256 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4257 }
4258 }
4259
4260 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4261
4262 static struct bp_location *
4263 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4264 {
4265 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4266
4267 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4268 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4269
4270 loc->owner = bpt;
4271 loc->cond = NULL;
4272 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4273 loc->enabled = 1;
4274
4275 switch (bp_type)
4276 {
4277 case bp_breakpoint:
4278 case bp_until:
4279 case bp_finish:
4280 case bp_longjmp:
4281 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4282 case bp_step_resume:
4283 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4284 case bp_call_dummy:
4285 case bp_shlib_event:
4286 case bp_thread_event:
4287 case bp_overlay_event:
4288 case bp_catch_load:
4289 case bp_catch_unload:
4290 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4291 break;
4292 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4293 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4294 break;
4295 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4296 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4297 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4298 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4299 break;
4300 case bp_watchpoint:
4301 case bp_catch_fork:
4302 case bp_catch_vfork:
4303 case bp_catch_exec:
4304 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4305 break;
4306 default:
4307 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4308 }
4309
4310 return loc;
4311 }
4312
4313 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4314 {
4315 if (loc->cond)
4316 xfree (loc->cond);
4317
4318 if (loc->function_name)
4319 xfree (loc->function_name);
4320
4321 xfree (loc);
4322 }
4323
4324 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4325 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4326
4327 static struct breakpoint *
4328 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4329 {
4330 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4331
4332 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4333 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4334
4335 b->type = bptype;
4336 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4337 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4338 b->thread = -1;
4339 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4340 b->next = 0;
4341 b->silent = 0;
4342 b->ignore_count = 0;
4343 b->commands = NULL;
4344 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4345 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4346 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4347 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4348 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4349 b->ops = NULL;
4350 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4351
4352 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4353 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4354 of increasing numbers. */
4355
4356 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4357 if (b1 == 0)
4358 breakpoint_chain = b;
4359 else
4360 {
4361 while (b1->next)
4362 b1 = b1->next;
4363 b1->next = b;
4364 }
4365 return b;
4366 }
4367
4368 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4369 static void
4370 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4371 {
4372 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4373 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4374 {
4375 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4376 NULL, NULL);
4377 if (loc->function_name)
4378 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4379 }
4380 }
4381
4382 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4383 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4384 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4385 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4386 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4387 is also returned as the value of this function.
4388
4389 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4390 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4391 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4392 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4393 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4394 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4395 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4396
4397 struct breakpoint *
4398 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4399 {
4400 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4401 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4402
4403 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4404 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4405 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4406 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4407 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4408 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4409 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4410
4411 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4412 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4413 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4414
4415 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4416 b->source_file = NULL;
4417 else
4418 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4419 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4420 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4421 b->line_number = sal.line;
4422
4423 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4424
4425 breakpoints_changed ();
4426
4427 return b;
4428 }
4429
4430
4431 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4432 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4433 void
4434 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4435 {
4436 struct bp_location *bl;
4437 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4438
4439 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4440 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4441 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4442 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4443 but it's easy to implmement. */
4444 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4445 bl->inserted = 1;
4446 }
4447
4448 static struct breakpoint *
4449 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4450 {
4451 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4452 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4453 struct breakpoint *b;
4454
4455 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4456
4457 sal.pc = address;
4458 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4459
4460 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4461 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4462 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4463
4464 return b;
4465 }
4466
4467
4468 static void
4469 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4470 {
4471 struct breakpoint *b;
4472 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4473
4474 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4475 return;
4476 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4477 update_global_location_list (1);
4478 }
4479
4480 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4481 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4482 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4483
4484 void
4485 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4486 {
4487 struct breakpoint *b;
4488
4489 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4490 {
4491 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4492 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4493 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4494 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4495 }
4496 }
4497
4498 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4499 void
4500 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4501 {
4502 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4503
4504 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4505 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4506 {
4507 if (b->thread == thread)
4508 delete_breakpoint (b);
4509 }
4510 }
4511
4512 static void
4513 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4514 {
4515 struct breakpoint *b;
4516 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4517
4518 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4519 return;
4520
4521 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4522 bp_overlay_event);
4523 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4524
4525 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4526 {
4527 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4528 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4529 }
4530 else
4531 {
4532 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4533 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4534 }
4535 update_global_location_list (1);
4536 }
4537
4538 void
4539 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4540 {
4541 struct breakpoint *b;
4542
4543 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4544 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4545 {
4546 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4547 update_global_location_list (1);
4548 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4549 }
4550 }
4551
4552 void
4553 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4554 {
4555 struct breakpoint *b;
4556
4557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4558 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4559 {
4560 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4561 update_global_location_list (0);
4562 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4563 }
4564 }
4565
4566 struct breakpoint *
4567 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4568 {
4569 struct breakpoint *b;
4570
4571 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4572
4573 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4574 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4575 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4576
4577 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4578
4579 return b;
4580 }
4581
4582 void
4583 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4584 {
4585 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4586
4587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4588 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4589 delete_breakpoint (b);
4590 }
4591
4592 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4593 {
4594 char **arg_p;
4595 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4596 char ***addr_string_p;
4597 int *not_found_ptr;
4598 };
4599
4600 struct lang_and_radix
4601 {
4602 enum language lang;
4603 int radix;
4604 };
4605
4606
4607 void
4608 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4609 {
4610 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4611
4612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4613 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4614 delete_breakpoint (b);
4615 }
4616
4617 struct breakpoint *
4618 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4619 {
4620 struct breakpoint *b;
4621
4622 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4623 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4624 return b;
4625 }
4626
4627 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4628 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4629
4630 void
4631 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4632 {
4633 struct bp_location *loc;
4634 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4635
4636 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4637 {
4638 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4639 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4640 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4641 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4642 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4643 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4644 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4645 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4646 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4647 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4648 #else
4649 && solib_address (loc->address)
4650 #endif
4651 )
4652 {
4653 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4654 }
4655 }
4656 }
4657
4658 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4659 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4660
4661 static void
4662 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4663 {
4664 struct bp_location *loc;
4665 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4666
4667 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4668 {
4669 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4670 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4671 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4672 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4673 {
4674 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4675 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4676 #else
4677 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4678 #endif
4679 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4680 {
4681 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4682 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4683 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4684 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4685 loc->inserted = 0;
4686 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4687 {
4688 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4689 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4690 so_name);
4691 }
4692 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4693 }
4694 }
4695 }
4696 }
4697
4698 static void
4699 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4700 enum bptype bp_kind)
4701 {
4702 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4703 struct breakpoint *b;
4704 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4705
4706 init_sal (&sal);
4707 sal.pc = 0;
4708 sal.symtab = NULL;
4709 sal.line = 0;
4710
4711 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4712 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4713 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4714 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4715 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4716 b->thread = thread;
4717 b->addr_string = NULL;
4718 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4719 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4720 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4721 update_global_location_list (1);
4722
4723
4724 mention (b);
4725 }
4726
4727 static void
4728 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4729 {
4730 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4731 }
4732
4733 static void
4734 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4735 {
4736 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4737 }
4738
4739 static void
4740 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4741 {
4742 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4743 struct breakpoint *b;
4744 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4745
4746 init_sal (&sal);
4747 sal.pc = 0;
4748 sal.symtab = NULL;
4749 sal.line = 0;
4750
4751 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4752 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4753 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4754 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4755 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4756 b->thread = thread;
4757 b->addr_string = NULL;
4758 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4759 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4760 update_global_location_list (1);
4761
4762 mention (b);
4763 }
4764
4765 static int
4766 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4767 {
4768 struct breakpoint *b;
4769 int i = 0;
4770
4771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4772 {
4773 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4774 i++;
4775 }
4776
4777 return i;
4778 }
4779
4780 static int
4781 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4782 {
4783 struct breakpoint *b;
4784 int i = 0;
4785
4786 *other_type_used = 0;
4787 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4788 {
4789 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4790 {
4791 if (b->type == type)
4792 i++;
4793 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4794 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4795 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4796 *other_type_used = 1;
4797 }
4798 }
4799 return i;
4800 }
4801
4802 void
4803 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4804 {
4805 struct breakpoint *b;
4806
4807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4808 {
4809 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4810 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4811 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4812 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4813 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4814 {
4815 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4816 update_global_location_list (0);
4817 }
4818 }
4819 }
4820
4821 void
4822 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4823 {
4824 struct breakpoint *b;
4825
4826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4827 {
4828 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4829 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4830 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4831 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4832 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4833 {
4834 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4835 update_global_location_list (1);
4836 }
4837 }
4838 }
4839
4840
4841 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4842 at address specified by SAL.
4843 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4844
4845 struct breakpoint *
4846 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4847 enum bptype type)
4848 {
4849 struct breakpoint *b;
4850 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4851 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4852 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4853 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4854
4855 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4856 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4857 single thread of control. */
4858 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4859 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4860
4861 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4862
4863 return b;
4864 }
4865
4866 struct breakpoint *
4867 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4868 {
4869 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4870
4871 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
4872 sal.pc = pc;
4873 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
4874 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
4875
4876 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
4877 }
4878 \f
4879
4880 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4881
4882 static void
4883 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4884 {
4885 int say_where = 0;
4886 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4887 struct ui_stream *stb;
4888
4889 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4890 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4891
4892 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4893 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4894 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4895 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4896 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4897 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4898 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4899 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4900
4901 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4902 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4903 else
4904 switch (b->type)
4905 {
4906 case bp_none:
4907 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4908 break;
4909 case bp_watchpoint:
4910 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4911 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4912 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4913 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4914 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4915 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4916 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4917 break;
4918 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4919 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4920 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4921 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4922 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4923 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4924 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4925 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4926 break;
4927 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4928 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4929 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4930 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4931 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4932 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4933 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4934 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4935 break;
4936 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4937 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4938 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4939 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4940 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4941 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4943 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4944 break;
4945 case bp_breakpoint:
4946 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4947 {
4948 say_where = 0;
4949 break;
4950 }
4951 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
4952 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
4953 else
4954 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
4955 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
4956 say_where = 1;
4957 break;
4958 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4960 {
4961 say_where = 0;
4962 break;
4963 }
4964 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4965 say_where = 1;
4966 break;
4967 case bp_catch_load:
4968 case bp_catch_unload:
4969 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4970 b->number,
4971 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4972 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4973 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4974 break;
4975 case bp_catch_fork:
4976 case bp_catch_vfork:
4977 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4978 b->number,
4979 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4980 break;
4981 case bp_catch_exec:
4982 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4983 b->number);
4984 break;
4985
4986 case bp_until:
4987 case bp_finish:
4988 case bp_longjmp:
4989 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4990 case bp_step_resume:
4991 case bp_call_dummy:
4992 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4993 case bp_shlib_event:
4994 case bp_thread_event:
4995 case bp_overlay_event:
4996 break;
4997 }
4998
4999 if (say_where)
5000 {
5001 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5002 single string. */
5003 if (b->loc == NULL)
5004 {
5005 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5006 }
5007 else
5008 {
5009 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5010 {
5011 printf_filtered (" at ");
5012 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5013 }
5014 if (b->source_file)
5015 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5016 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5017
5018 if (b->loc->next)
5019 {
5020 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5021 int n = 0;
5022 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5023 ++n;
5024 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5025 }
5026
5027 }
5028 }
5029 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5031 return;
5032 printf_filtered ("\n");
5033 }
5034 \f
5035
5036 static struct bp_location *
5037 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5038 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5039 {
5040 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5041
5042 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5043 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5044 ;
5045 *tmp = loc;
5046 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5047 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5048 bptype);
5049 loc->section = sal->section;
5050
5051 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5052 return loc;
5053 }
5054
5055 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5056 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5057 as condition expression. */
5058
5059 static void
5060 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5061 char *cond_string,
5062 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5063 int thread, int ignore_count,
5064 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5065 {
5066 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5067 int i;
5068
5069 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5070 {
5071 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5072 int target_resources_ok =
5073 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5074 i + 1, 0);
5075 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5076 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5077 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5078 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5079 }
5080
5081 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5082 {
5083 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5084 struct bp_location *loc;
5085
5086 if (from_tty)
5087 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5088
5089 if (i == 0)
5090 {
5091 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5092 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5093 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5094 b->thread = thread;
5095
5096 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5097 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5098 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5099 b->disposition = disposition;
5100
5101 loc = b->loc;
5102 }
5103 else
5104 {
5105 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5106 }
5107
5108 if (b->cond_string)
5109 {
5110 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5111 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5112 if (*arg)
5113 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5114 }
5115 }
5116
5117 if (addr_string)
5118 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5119 else
5120 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5121 me. */
5122 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5123
5124 b->ops = ops;
5125 mention (b);
5126 }
5127
5128 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5129 elements to fill the void space. */
5130 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5131 {
5132 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5133 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5134
5135 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5136 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5137
5138 --(sal->nelts);
5139 }
5140
5141 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5142 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5143 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5144 line and file information. If we got just a single
5145 expanded sal, return the original.
5146
5147 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5148 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5149 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5150 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5151 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5152 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5153
5154 */
5155 struct symtabs_and_lines
5156 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5157 {
5158 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5159 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5160 char *original_function = NULL;
5161 int found;
5162 int i;
5163
5164 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5165 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5166 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5167 {
5168 expanded.nelts = 1;
5169 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5170 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5171 return expanded;
5172 }
5173
5174 sal.pc = 0;
5175 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5176
5177 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5178 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5179 {
5180 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5181 processing, just return the original sal. */
5182 xfree (expanded.sals);
5183 expanded.nelts = 1;
5184 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5185 sal.pc = original_pc;
5186 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5187 return expanded;
5188 }
5189
5190 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5191 {
5192 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5193 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5194 {
5195 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5196 char *this_function;
5197 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5198 &func_addr, &func_end))
5199 {
5200 if (this_function &&
5201 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5202 {
5203 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5204 --i;
5205 }
5206 else if (func_addr == pc)
5207 {
5208 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5209 skip prologue. */
5210 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5211 if (sym)
5212 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5213 else
5214 expanded.sals[i].pc
5215 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5216 }
5217 }
5218 }
5219 }
5220
5221
5222 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5223 {
5224 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5225 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5226 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5227 xfree (expanded.sals);
5228 expanded.nelts = 1;
5229 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5230 sal.pc = original_pc;
5231 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5232 return expanded;
5233 }
5234
5235 if (original_pc)
5236 {
5237 found = 0;
5238 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5239 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5240 {
5241 found = 1;
5242 break;
5243 }
5244 gdb_assert (found);
5245 }
5246
5247 return expanded;
5248 }
5249
5250 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5251 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5252 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5253 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5254 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5255 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5256 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5257 we take just a single condition string.
5258
5259 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5260 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5261 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5262 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5263 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5264
5265 static void
5266 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5267 char *cond_string,
5268 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5269 int thread, int ignore_count,
5270 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5271 {
5272 int i;
5273 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5274 {
5275 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5276 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5277
5278 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5279 cond_string, type, disposition,
5280 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5281 }
5282
5283 update_global_location_list (1);
5284 }
5285
5286 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5287 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5288 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5289 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5290
5291 static void
5292 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5293 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5294 char ***addr_string,
5295 int *not_found_ptr)
5296 {
5297 char *addr_start = *address;
5298 *addr_string = NULL;
5299 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5300 breakpoint. */
5301 if ((*address) == NULL
5302 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5303 {
5304 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5305 {
5306 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5307 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5308 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5309 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5310 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5311 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5312 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5313 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5314 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5315 sals->nelts = 1;
5316 }
5317 else
5318 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5319 }
5320 else
5321 {
5322 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5323 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5324 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5325 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5326 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5327 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5328
5329 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5330
5331 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5332 && (!cursal.symtab
5333 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5334 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5335 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5336 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5337 not_found_ptr);
5338 else
5339 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5340 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5341 }
5342 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5343 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5344 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5345 if (addr_start != (*address))
5346 {
5347 int i;
5348 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5349 {
5350 /* Add the string if not present. */
5351 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5352 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5353 }
5354 }
5355 }
5356
5357
5358 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5359 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5360
5361 static void
5362 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5363 char *address)
5364 {
5365 int i;
5366 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5367 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5368 }
5369
5370 static void
5371 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5372 {
5373 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5374
5375 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5376 args->not_found_ptr);
5377 }
5378
5379 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5380 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5381 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5382 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5383 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5384 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5385 static void
5386 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5387 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5388 {
5389 *cond_string = NULL;
5390 *thread = -1;
5391 while (tok && *tok)
5392 {
5393 char *end_tok;
5394 int toklen;
5395 char *cond_start = NULL;
5396 char *cond_end = NULL;
5397 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5398 tok++;
5399
5400 end_tok = tok;
5401
5402 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5403 end_tok++;
5404
5405 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5406
5407 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5408 {
5409 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5410 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5411 cond_end = tok;
5412 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5413 cond_end - cond_start);
5414 }
5415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5416 {
5417 char *tmptok;
5418
5419 tok = end_tok + 1;
5420 tmptok = tok;
5421 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5422 if (tok == tmptok)
5423 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5424 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5425 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5426 }
5427 else
5428 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5429 }
5430 }
5431
5432 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5433 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5434 This function has two major modes of operations,
5435 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5436 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5437 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5438 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5439 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5440 parameters. */
5441
5442 static void
5443 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5444 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5445 int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5446 int ignore_count,
5447 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5448 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5449 int from_tty)
5450 {
5451 struct gdb_exception e;
5452 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5453 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5454 char *copy_arg;
5455 char *err_msg;
5456 char *addr_start = arg;
5457 char **addr_string;
5458 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5459 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5460 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5461 int i;
5462 int pending = 0;
5463 int not_found = 0;
5464
5465 sals.sals = NULL;
5466 sals.nelts = 0;
5467 addr_string = NULL;
5468
5469 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5470 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5471 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5472 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5473
5474 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5475 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5476
5477 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5478 switch (e.reason)
5479 {
5480 case RETURN_QUIT:
5481 throw_exception (e);
5482 case RETURN_ERROR:
5483 switch (e.error)
5484 {
5485 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5486
5487 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5488 error. */
5489
5490 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5491 throw_exception (e);
5492
5493 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5494
5495 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5496 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5497 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5498 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5499 return;
5500
5501 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5502 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5503 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5504 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5505 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5506 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5507 sals.nelts = 1;
5508 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5509 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5510 pending = 1;
5511 break;
5512 default:
5513 throw_exception (e);
5514 }
5515 default:
5516 if (!sals.nelts)
5517 return;
5518 }
5519
5520 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5521 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5522
5523 if (!pending)
5524 {
5525 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5526 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5527
5528 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5529 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5530 }
5531
5532 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5533 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5534 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5535 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5536 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5537
5538 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5539 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5540 fails. */
5541 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5542 {
5543 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5544 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5545 }
5546
5547 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5548 are ok for the target. */
5549 if (!pending)
5550 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5551
5552 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5553 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5554 breakpoint. */
5555 if (!pending)
5556 {
5557 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5558 {
5559 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5560 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5561 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5562 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5563 cond_string = NULL;
5564 thread = -1;
5565 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5566 if (cond_string)
5567 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5568 }
5569 else
5570 {
5571 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5572 if (cond_string)
5573 {
5574 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5575 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5576 }
5577 }
5578 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5579 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5580 : bp_breakpoint,
5581 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5582 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5583 }
5584 else
5585 {
5586 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5587 struct breakpoint *b;
5588
5589 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5590
5591 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5592 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5593 : bp_breakpoint);
5594 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5595 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5596 b->thread = -1;
5597 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5598 b->cond_string = NULL;
5599 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5600 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5601 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5602 b->ops = ops;
5603
5604 update_global_location_list (1);
5605 mention (b);
5606 }
5607
5608 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5609 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5610 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5611 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5612 breakpoint. */
5613 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5614 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5615 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5616 }
5617
5618 /* Set a breakpoint.
5619 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5620 condition, and thread.
5621 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5622 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5623 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5624
5625 static void
5626 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5627 {
5628 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5629 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5630
5631 break_command_really (arg,
5632 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5633 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5634 0 /* Ignore count */,
5635 pending_break_support,
5636 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5637 from_tty);
5638 }
5639
5640
5641 void
5642 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5643 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5644 int thread, int ignore_count,
5645 int pending)
5646 {
5647 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5648 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5649 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5650 ignore_count,
5651 pending
5652 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5653 NULL, 0);
5654 }
5655
5656 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5657 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5658 the debugging information.
5659
5660 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5661
5662 static void
5663 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5664 {
5665 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5666 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5667
5668 if (sym == NULL)
5669 return;
5670
5671 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5672 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5673 *sal = start_sal;
5674 }
5675
5676 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5677
5678 void
5679 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5680 {
5681 CORE_ADDR pc;
5682
5683 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5684 {
5685 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5686 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5687 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5688 sal->pc = pc;
5689
5690 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5691 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5692 if (sal->explicit_line)
5693 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5694 }
5695
5696 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5697 {
5698 struct blockvector *bv;
5699 struct block *b;
5700 struct symbol *sym;
5701
5702 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5703 if (bv != NULL)
5704 {
5705 sym = block_function (b);
5706 if (sym != NULL)
5707 {
5708 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5709 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5710 }
5711 else
5712 {
5713 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5714 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5715 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5716 source). */
5717
5718 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5719
5720 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5721 if (msym)
5722 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5723 }
5724 }
5725 }
5726 }
5727
5728 void
5729 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5730 {
5731 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5732 }
5733
5734 void
5735 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5736 {
5737 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5738 }
5739
5740 static void
5741 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5742 {
5743 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5744 }
5745
5746 static void
5747 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5748 {
5749 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5750 }
5751
5752 static void
5753 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5754 {
5755 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5756 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5757 stop at <line>\n"));
5758 }
5759
5760 static void
5761 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5762 {
5763 int badInput = 0;
5764
5765 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5766 badInput = 1;
5767 else if (*arg != '*')
5768 {
5769 char *argptr = arg;
5770 int hasColon = 0;
5771
5772 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5773 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5774 function/method name */
5775 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5776 {
5777 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5778 argptr++;
5779 }
5780
5781 if (hasColon)
5782 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5783 else
5784 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5785 }
5786
5787 if (badInput)
5788 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5789 else
5790 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5791 }
5792
5793 static void
5794 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5795 {
5796 int badInput = 0;
5797
5798 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5799 badInput = 1;
5800 else
5801 {
5802 char *argptr = arg;
5803 int hasColon = 0;
5804
5805 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5806 it is probably a line number. */
5807 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5808 {
5809 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5810 argptr++;
5811 }
5812
5813 if (hasColon)
5814 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5815 else
5816 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5817 }
5818
5819 if (badInput)
5820 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5821 else
5822 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5823 }
5824
5825 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5826 hw_read: watch read,
5827 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5828 static void
5829 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5830 {
5831 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5832 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5833 struct expression *exp;
5834 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5835 struct value *val, *mark;
5836 struct frame_info *frame;
5837 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5838 char *exp_start = NULL;
5839 char *exp_end = NULL;
5840 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5841 int toklen;
5842 char *cond_start = NULL;
5843 char *cond_end = NULL;
5844 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5845 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5846 enum bptype bp_type;
5847 int mem_cnt = 0;
5848 int thread = -1;
5849
5850 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5851
5852 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
5853 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5854 {
5855 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
5856
5857 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
5858 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5859
5860 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5861 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5862 be the thread identifier. */
5863 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5864 tok--;
5865 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5866 tok--;
5867
5868 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
5869 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5870
5871 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5872 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5873 reach a "thread" token. */
5874 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5875 tok--;
5876
5877 end_tok = tok;
5878
5879 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5880 tok--;
5881
5882 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5883 calculate the length of the token. */
5884 tok++;
5885 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5886
5887 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5888 {
5889 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5890 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5891 only in a specific thread. */
5892 char *endp;
5893
5894 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
5895 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5896
5897 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5898 thread ID. */
5899 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5900 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5901
5902 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
5903 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5904 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5905
5906 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5907 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5908 evaluate_expression() function. */
5909 *tok = '\0';
5910 }
5911 }
5912
5913 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
5914 innermost_block = NULL;
5915 exp_start = arg;
5916 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5917 exp_end = arg;
5918 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5919 mark = value_mark ();
5920 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
5921 if (val != NULL)
5922 release_value (val);
5923
5924 tok = arg;
5925 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5926 tok++;
5927 end_tok = tok;
5928
5929 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5930 end_tok++;
5931
5932 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5933 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5934 {
5935 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5936 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5937 cond_end = tok;
5938 }
5939 if (*tok)
5940 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5941
5942 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5943 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5944 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5945 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5946 else
5947 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5948
5949 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5950 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5951 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5952 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5953 {
5954 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5955 target_resources_ok =
5956 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5957 other_type_used);
5958 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5959 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5960
5961 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5962 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5963 }
5964
5965 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5966 watchpoint could not be set. */
5967 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5968 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5969
5970 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5971 if (frame)
5972 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5973 else
5974 prev_frame = NULL;
5975
5976 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5977 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5978 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
5979 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
5980 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
5981 {
5982 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5983 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5984
5985 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5986
5987 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5988 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5989
5990 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5991 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5992
5993 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5994 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5995 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5996 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5997 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5998 scope_breakpoint->type);
5999 }
6000
6001 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6002 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6003 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6004 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6005 b->thread = thread;
6006 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6007 b->exp = exp;
6008 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6009 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6010 b->val = val;
6011 b->val_valid = 1;
6012 b->loc->cond = cond;
6013 if (cond_start)
6014 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6015 else
6016 b->cond_string = 0;
6017
6018 if (frame)
6019 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6020 else
6021 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6022
6023 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6024 {
6025 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6026 need to act on them together. */
6027 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6028 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6029 }
6030
6031 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6032 mention (b);
6033 update_global_location_list (1);
6034 }
6035
6036 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6037 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6038 in hardware return zero. */
6039
6040 static int
6041 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6042 {
6043 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6044 struct value *head = v;
6045
6046 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6047 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6048 return 0;
6049
6050 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6051 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6052 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6053 hardware watchpoint.
6054
6055 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6056 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6057 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6058 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6059 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6060 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6061 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6062 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6063 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6064
6065 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6066 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6067 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6068 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6069 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6070 {
6071 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6072 {
6073 if (value_lazy (v))
6074 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6075 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6076 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6077 ;
6078 else
6079 {
6080 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6081 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6082 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6083
6084 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6085 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6086 middle of some value chain. */
6087 if (v == head
6088 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6089 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6090 {
6091 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6092 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6093
6094 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6095 return 0;
6096 else
6097 found_memory_cnt++;
6098 }
6099 }
6100 }
6101 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6102 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6103 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6104 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6105 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6106 }
6107
6108 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6109 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6110 return found_memory_cnt;
6111 }
6112
6113 void
6114 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6115 {
6116 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6117 }
6118
6119 static void
6120 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6121 {
6122 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6123 }
6124
6125 void
6126 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6127 {
6128 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6129 }
6130
6131 static void
6132 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6133 {
6134 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6135 }
6136
6137 void
6138 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6139 {
6140 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6141 }
6142
6143 static void
6144 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6145 {
6146 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6147 }
6148 \f
6149
6150 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6151 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6152
6153 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6154 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6155 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6156 command. */
6157 static void
6158 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg, int error)
6159 {
6160 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->data.pointer));
6161 if (arg->next)
6162 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->next->data.pointer));
6163 }
6164
6165 void
6166 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6167 {
6168 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6169 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6170 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6171 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6172 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6173 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6174 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6175 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6176 struct continuation_arg *arg2;
6177
6178
6179 clear_proceed_status ();
6180
6181 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6182 this function */
6183
6184 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6185 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6186 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6187 else
6188 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6189 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6190
6191 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6192 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6193
6194 sal = sals.sals[0];
6195 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6196
6197 if (*arg)
6198 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6199
6200 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6201
6202 if (anywhere)
6203 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6204 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6205 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6206 else
6207 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6208 at the very same frame. */
6209 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6210 bp_until);
6211
6212 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6213
6214 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6215 one. */
6216 if (prev_frame)
6217 {
6218 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6219 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6220 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6221 bp_until);
6222 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6223 }
6224
6225 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6226
6227 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6228 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6229 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6230 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6231
6232 if (target_can_async_p () && target_executing)
6233 {
6234 arg1 =
6235 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6236 arg1->next = NULL;
6237 arg1->data.pointer = breakpoint;
6238
6239 if (breakpoint2)
6240 {
6241 arg2 = (struct continuation_arg *)
6242 xmalloc ( sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6243 arg2->next = NULL;
6244 arg2->data.pointer = breakpoint2;
6245 arg1->next = arg2;
6246 }
6247
6248 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6249 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6250 }
6251 else
6252 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6253 }
6254
6255 static void
6256 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6257 {
6258 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6259 return;
6260 while (isspace (**s))
6261 *s += 1;
6262 }
6263
6264 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6265 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6266 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6267 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6268
6269 static char *
6270 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6271 {
6272 char *s = arg;
6273 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6274
6275 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6276 if (arg == NULL)
6277 return NULL;
6278
6279 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6280 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6281 anything else delimites the token. */
6282 while (*s != '\0')
6283 {
6284 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6285 break;
6286 event_name_end = s;
6287 s++;
6288 }
6289
6290 return event_name_end;
6291 }
6292
6293
6294 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6295 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6296
6297 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6298 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6299 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6300 if clause in the arg string. */
6301
6302 static char *
6303 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6304 {
6305 char *cond_string;
6306
6307 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6308 return NULL;
6309
6310 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6311 (*arg) += 2;
6312
6313 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6314 condition string. */
6315 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6316 cond_string = *arg;
6317
6318 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6319 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6320
6321 return cond_string;
6322 }
6323
6324 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6325 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6326
6327 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6328 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6329 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6330 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6331
6332 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6333 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6334 static char *
6335 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6336 {
6337 static char filename[1024];
6338 char *arg_p = *arg;
6339 int i;
6340 char c;
6341
6342 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6343 return NULL;
6344
6345 for (i = 0;; i++)
6346 {
6347 c = *arg_p;
6348 if (isspace (c))
6349 c = '\0';
6350 filename[i] = c;
6351 if (c == '\0')
6352 break;
6353 arg_p++;
6354 }
6355 *arg = arg_p;
6356
6357 return filename;
6358 }
6359
6360 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6361 process start/exit, etc. */
6362
6363 typedef enum
6364 {
6365 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6366 }
6367 catch_fork_kind;
6368
6369 static void
6370 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6371 int from_tty)
6372 {
6373 char *cond_string = NULL;
6374
6375 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6376
6377 /* The allowed syntax is:
6378 catch [v]fork
6379 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6380
6381 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6382 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6383
6384 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6385 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6386
6387 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6388 and enable reporting of such events. */
6389 switch (fork_kind)
6390 {
6391 case catch_fork:
6392 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6393 break;
6394 case catch_vfork:
6395 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6396 break;
6397 default:
6398 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6399 break;
6400 }
6401 }
6402
6403 static void
6404 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6405 {
6406 char *cond_string = NULL;
6407
6408 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6409
6410 /* The allowed syntax is:
6411 catch exec
6412 catch exec if <cond>
6413
6414 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6415 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6416
6417 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6418 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6419
6420 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6421 and enable reporting of such events. */
6422 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6423 }
6424
6425 static void
6426 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6427 {
6428 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6429 char *cond_string = NULL;
6430
6431 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6432
6433 /* The allowed syntax is:
6434 catch load
6435 catch load if <cond>
6436 catch load <filename>
6437 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6438
6439 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6440 if clause.
6441
6442 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6443
6444 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6445 cannot be a filename. */
6446 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6447
6448 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6449 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6450 if (cond_string == NULL)
6451 {
6452 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6453 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6454 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6455 }
6456
6457 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6458 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6459
6460 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6461 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6462 occurs. */
6463 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6464 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6465 }
6466
6467 static void
6468 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6469 {
6470 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6471 char *cond_string = NULL;
6472
6473 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6474
6475 /* The allowed syntax is:
6476 catch unload
6477 catch unload if <cond>
6478 catch unload <filename>
6479 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6480
6481 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6482 if clause.
6483
6484 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6485
6486 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6487 cannot be a filename. */
6488 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6489
6490 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6491 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6492 if (cond_string == NULL)
6493 {
6494 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6495 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6496 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6497 }
6498
6499 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6500 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6501
6502 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6503 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6504 occurs. */
6505 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6506 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6507 }
6508
6509 static enum print_stop_action
6510 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6511 {
6512 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6513
6514 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6515
6516 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6517 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6518 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6519 b->loc->address,
6520 b->number, 1);
6521 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6522 ui_out_text (uiout,
6523 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6524 : "Catchpoint ");
6525 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6526 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6527 ui_out_text (uiout,
6528 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6529 : " (exception caught), ");
6530 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6531 {
6532 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6533 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6534 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6535 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6536 }
6537 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6538 }
6539
6540 static void
6541 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6542 {
6543 if (addressprint)
6544 {
6545 annotate_field (4);
6546 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6548 else
6549 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6550 }
6551 annotate_field (5);
6552 if (b->loc)
6553 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6554 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6555 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6556 else
6557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6558 }
6559
6560 static void
6561 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6562 {
6563 int bp_temp;
6564 int bp_throw;
6565
6566 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6567 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6568 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6569 : _("Catchpoint "));
6570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6571 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6572 : _(" (catch)"));
6573 }
6574
6575 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6576 print_exception_catchpoint,
6577 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6578 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6579 };
6580
6581 static int
6582 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6583 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6584 {
6585 char *trigger_func_name;
6586
6587 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6588 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6589 else
6590 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6591
6592 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6593 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6594 tempflag, 0,
6595 0,
6596 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6597 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty);
6598
6599 return 1;
6600 }
6601
6602 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6603
6604 static void
6605 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6606 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6607 {
6608 char *cond_string = NULL;
6609 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6610
6611 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6612
6613 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6614
6615 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6616 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6617
6618 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6619 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6620 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6621
6622 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6623 return;
6624
6625 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6626 }
6627
6628 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6629
6630 static void
6631 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6632 char *addr_string,
6633 char *exp_string,
6634 char *cond_string,
6635 struct expression *cond,
6636 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6637 int tempflag,
6638 int from_tty)
6639 {
6640 struct breakpoint *b;
6641
6642 if (from_tty)
6643 {
6644 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6645 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6646 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6647 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6648 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6649 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6650 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6651 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6652 enough for now, though. */
6653 }
6654
6655 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6656 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6657
6658 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6659 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6660 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6661 b->ignore_count = 0;
6662 b->loc->cond = cond;
6663 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6664 b->language = language_ada;
6665 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6666 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6667 b->thread = -1;
6668 b->ops = ops;
6669
6670 mention (b);
6671 update_global_location_list (1);
6672 }
6673
6674 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6675
6676 static void
6677 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6678 {
6679 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6680 enum bptype type;
6681 char *addr_string = NULL;
6682 char *exp_string = NULL;
6683 char *cond_string = NULL;
6684 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6685 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6686
6687 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6688 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6689 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6690 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6691 from_tty);
6692 }
6693
6694 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6695
6696 static void
6697 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6698 {
6699 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6700 char *addr_string = NULL;
6701 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6702
6703 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6704 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6705 tempflag, from_tty);
6706 }
6707
6708 static void
6709 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6710 {
6711
6712 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6713 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6714 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6715 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6716
6717 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6718 char *arg1_start = arg;
6719 char *arg1_end;
6720 int arg1_length;
6721
6722 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6723 {
6724 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6725 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6726 /* return; */
6727 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6728 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6729
6730 }
6731 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6732 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6733 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6734 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6735
6736 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6737 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6738 {
6739 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6740 }
6741 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6742 {
6743 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6744 tempflag, from_tty);
6745 }
6746 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6747 {
6748 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6749 tempflag, from_tty);
6750 }
6751 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6752 {
6753 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6754 }
6755 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6756 {
6757 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6758 }
6759 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6760 {
6761 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6762 }
6763 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6764 {
6765 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6766 }
6767 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6768 {
6769 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6770 }
6771 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6772 {
6773 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6774 }
6775 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6776 {
6777 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6778 }
6779 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6780 {
6781 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6782 }
6783 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6784 {
6785 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6786 }
6787 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6788 {
6789 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6790 }
6791 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6792 {
6793 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6794 }
6795 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6796 {
6797 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6798 }
6799
6800 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6801 {
6802 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6803 }
6804
6805 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6806
6807 else
6808 {
6809 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6810 as the name of an exception */
6811 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6812 /* Now this is not allowed */
6813 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6814
6815 }
6816 }
6817
6818 static void
6819 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6820 {
6821 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6822 }
6823 \f
6824
6825 static void
6826 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6827 {
6828 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6832
6833 static void
6834 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6835 {
6836 struct breakpoint *b;
6837 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6838 int ix;
6839 int default_match;
6840 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6841 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6842 int i;
6843
6844 if (arg)
6845 {
6846 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6847 default_match = 0;
6848 }
6849 else
6850 {
6851 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6852 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6853 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6854 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6855 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6856 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6857 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6858 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6859 error (_("No source file specified."));
6860
6861 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6862 sals.nelts = 1;
6863
6864 default_match = 1;
6865 }
6866
6867 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6868 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6869 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6870 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6871 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6872
6873 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6874 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6875 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6876 due to optimization, all in one block.
6877 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6878 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6879 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6880 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6881 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6882 to support that. */
6883
6884 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6885 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6886 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6887 one breakpoint. */
6888
6889 found = NULL;
6890 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6891 {
6892 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6893 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6894 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6895 or at default pc.
6896
6897 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6898
6899 0 1 pc
6900 1 1 pc _and_ line
6901 0 0 line
6902 1 0 <can't happen> */
6903
6904 sal = sals.sals[i];
6905
6906 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6907 'found'. */
6908 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6909 {
6910 int match = 0;
6911 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6912 if (b->type != bp_none
6913 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6914 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6915 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6916 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6917 {
6918 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6919 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6920 {
6921 int pc_match = sal.pc
6922 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6923 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6924 || loc->section == sal.section);
6925 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6926 && b->source_file != NULL
6927 && sal.symtab != NULL
6928 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6929 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6930 if (pc_match || line_match)
6931 {
6932 match = 1;
6933 break;
6934 }
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938 if (match)
6939 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6940 }
6941 }
6942 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6943 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6944 {
6945 if (arg)
6946 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6947 else
6948 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6949 }
6950
6951 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6952 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6953 if (from_tty)
6954 {
6955 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6956 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6957 else
6958 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6959 }
6960 breakpoints_changed ();
6961
6962 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6963 {
6964 if (from_tty)
6965 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6966 delete_breakpoint (b);
6967 }
6968 if (from_tty)
6969 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6970 }
6971 \f
6972 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6973 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6974 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6975
6976 void
6977 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6978 {
6979 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6980
6981 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6982 if (bs->breakpoint_at
6983 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
6984 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6985 && bs->stop)
6986 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6987
6988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6989 {
6990 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6991 delete_breakpoint (b);
6992 }
6993 }
6994
6995 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is true, do not insert any breakpoint locations
6996 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
6997 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
6998 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
6999 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7000 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7001 returns true on them.
7002
7003 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7004 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7005 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7006 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7007 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7008 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7009
7010 static void
7011 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7012 {
7013 struct breakpoint *b;
7014 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7015 struct bp_location *loc;
7016 struct bp_location *loc2;
7017 struct gdb_exception e;
7018 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7019 int ret;
7020 int ix;
7021
7022 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7023 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7024 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7025
7026 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7027 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7028 {
7029 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7030 {
7031 *next = loc;
7032 next = &(loc->global_next);
7033 *next = NULL;
7034 }
7035 }
7036
7037 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7038 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7039 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7040 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7041 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7042 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7043 {
7044 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7045 have to free it. */
7046 int found_object = 0;
7047 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7048 int keep_in_target = 0;
7049 int removed = 0;
7050 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7051 if (loc2 == loc)
7052 {
7053 found_object = 1;
7054 break;
7055 }
7056
7057 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7058 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7059 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7060 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7061 inserted. */
7062
7063 if (loc->inserted)
7064 {
7065 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7066
7067 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7068 {
7069 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7070 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7071 keep_in_target = 1;
7072 }
7073 else
7074 {
7075 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7076 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7077 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7078 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7079 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7080 {
7081 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7082 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7083 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7084 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7085 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7086 {
7087 loc2->inserted = 1;
7088 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7089 keep_in_target = 1;
7090 break;
7091 }
7092 }
7093 }
7094
7095 if (!keep_in_target)
7096 {
7097 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7098 {
7099 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7100 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7101 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7102 succeed next time.
7103
7104 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7105 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7106 after calling us. */
7107 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7108 loc->owner->number);
7109 }
7110 removed = 1;
7111 }
7112 }
7113
7114 if (!found_object)
7115 {
7116 if (removed)
7117 {
7118 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7119 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7120 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7121 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7122 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7123 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7124 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7125 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7126 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7127 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7128 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7129 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7130 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7131 loc->owner = NULL;
7132 }
7133
7134 free_bp_location (loc);
7135 }
7136 }
7137
7138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7139 {
7140 check_duplicates (b);
7141 }
7142
7143 if (always_inserted_mode && should_insert && target_has_execution)
7144 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7145 }
7146
7147 void
7148 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7149 {
7150 struct bp_location *loc;
7151 int ix;
7152
7153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7154 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7155 {
7156 free_bp_location (loc);
7157 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7158 --ix;
7159 }
7160 }
7161
7162 static void
7163 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7164 {
7165 struct gdb_exception e;
7166 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7167 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7168 }
7169
7170 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7171 structures. */
7172
7173 void
7174 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7175 {
7176 struct breakpoint *b;
7177 bpstat bs;
7178 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7179
7180 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7181
7182 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7183 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7184
7185 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7186 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7187 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7188 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7189 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7190
7191 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7192 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7193 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7194 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7195 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7196 return;
7197
7198 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7199 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7200 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7201
7202 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7203 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7204
7205 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7206 if (b->next == bpt)
7207 {
7208 b->next = bpt->next;
7209 break;
7210 }
7211
7212 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7213 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7214 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7215 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7216 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7217 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7218 xfree (bpt->exp);
7219 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7220 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7221 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7222 value_free (bpt->val);
7223 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7224 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7225 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7226 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7227 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7228 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7229 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7230 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7231
7232 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7233 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7234 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7235 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7236 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7237 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7238 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7239 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7240 with commands won't work. */
7241 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7242 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7243 {
7244 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7245 bs->old_val = NULL;
7246 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7250 list, update the global location list. This
7251 will remove locations that used to belong to
7252 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7253 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7254 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7255 design to have location completely self-contained,
7256 but it's not the case now. */
7257 update_global_location_list (0);
7258
7259
7260 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7261 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7262 bpt->type = bp_none;
7263
7264 xfree (bpt);
7265 }
7266
7267 static void
7268 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7269 {
7270 delete_breakpoint (b);
7271 }
7272
7273 struct cleanup *
7274 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7275 {
7276 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7277 }
7278
7279 void
7280 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7281 {
7282 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7283
7284 dont_repeat ();
7285
7286 if (arg == 0)
7287 {
7288 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7289
7290 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7291 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7292 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7293 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7294 {
7295 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7296 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7297 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7298 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7299 b->number >= 0)
7300 {
7301 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7302 break;
7303 }
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7307 if (!from_tty
7308 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7309 {
7310 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7311 {
7312 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7313 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7314 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7315 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7316 b->number >= 0)
7317 delete_breakpoint (b);
7318 }
7319 }
7320 }
7321 else
7322 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7323 }
7324
7325 static int
7326 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7327 {
7328 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7329 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7330 return 0;
7331 return 1;
7332 }
7333
7334 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7335 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7336 Null names are ignored. */
7337
7338 static int
7339 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7340 {
7341 struct bp_location *l;
7342 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7343 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7344 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7345
7346 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7347 {
7348 const char **slot;
7349 const char *name = l->function_name;
7350
7351 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7352 if (name == NULL)
7353 continue;
7354
7355 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7356 INSERT);
7357 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7358 NULL. */
7359 if (*slot != NULL)
7360 {
7361 htab_delete (htab);
7362 return 1;
7363 }
7364 *slot = name;
7365 }
7366
7367 htab_delete (htab);
7368 return 0;
7369 }
7370
7371 static void
7372 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7373 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7374 {
7375 int i;
7376 char *s;
7377 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7378
7379 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7380 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7381 the common case where all locations are in the same
7382 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7383 retain the location, so that when the library
7384 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7385 status of the individual locations. */
7386 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7387 return;
7388
7389 b->loc = NULL;
7390
7391 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7392 {
7393 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7394 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7395
7396 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7397 old symtab. */
7398 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7399 {
7400 struct gdb_exception e;
7401
7402 s = b->cond_string;
7403 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7404 {
7405 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7406 0);
7407 }
7408 if (e.reason < 0)
7409 {
7410 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7411 b->number, e.message);
7412 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7413 }
7414 }
7415
7416 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7417 xfree (b->source_file);
7418 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7419 b->source_file = NULL;
7420 else
7421 b->source_file =
7422 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7423 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7424
7425 if (b->line_number == 0)
7426 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7427 }
7428
7429 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7430 {
7431 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7432 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7433 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7434 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7435 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7436 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7437 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7438
7439 for (; e; e = e->next)
7440 {
7441 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7442 {
7443 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7444 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7445 {
7446 for (; l; l = l->next)
7447 if (e->address == l->address)
7448 {
7449 l->enabled = 0;
7450 break;
7451 }
7452 }
7453 else
7454 {
7455 for (; l; l = l->next)
7456 if (l->function_name
7457 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7458 {
7459 l->enabled = 0;
7460 break;
7461 }
7462 }
7463 }
7464 }
7465 }
7466
7467 update_global_location_list (1);
7468 }
7469
7470
7471 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7472 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7473 Unused in this case. */
7474
7475 static int
7476 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7477 {
7478 /* get past catch_errs */
7479 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7480 struct value *mark;
7481 int i;
7482 int not_found = 0;
7483 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7484 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7485 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7486 char *s;
7487 enum enable_state save_enable;
7488 struct gdb_exception e;
7489
7490
7491 switch (b->type)
7492 {
7493 case bp_none:
7494 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7495 b->number);
7496 return 0;
7497 case bp_breakpoint:
7498 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7499 case bp_catch_load:
7500 case bp_catch_unload:
7501 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7502 {
7503 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7504 delete_breakpoint (b);
7505 return 0;
7506 }
7507
7508 set_language (b->language);
7509 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7510 s = b->addr_string;
7511 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7512 {
7513 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7514 not_found_ptr);
7515 }
7516 if (e.reason < 0)
7517 {
7518 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7519 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7520 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7521 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7522 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7523 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7524 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7525 if (not_found
7526 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7527 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7528 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7529 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7530
7531 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7532 {
7533 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7534 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7535 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7536 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7537 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7538 which approach is better. */
7539 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7540 throw_exception (e);
7541 }
7542 }
7543
7544 if (not_found)
7545 break;
7546
7547 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7548 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7549 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7550 {
7551 char *cond_string = 0;
7552 int thread = -1;
7553 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7554 &cond_string, &thread);
7555 if (cond_string)
7556 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7557 b->thread = thread;
7558 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7559 }
7560 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7561 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7562
7563 xfree (sals.sals);
7564 break;
7565
7566 case bp_watchpoint:
7567 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7568 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7569 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7570 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7571 or it can be on local variables.
7572
7573 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7574 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7575 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7576 and unloaded.
7577
7578 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7579 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7580 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7581 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7582 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7583 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7584
7585 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7586 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7587 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7588 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7589
7590 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7591 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7592
7593 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7594 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7595 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7596 break;
7597 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7598 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7599 loaded. */
7600 case bp_catch_fork:
7601 case bp_catch_vfork:
7602 case bp_catch_exec:
7603 break;
7604
7605 default:
7606 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7607 /* fall through */
7608 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7609 breakpoint_re_set. */
7610 case bp_overlay_event:
7611 delete_breakpoint (b);
7612 break;
7613
7614 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7615 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7616 case bp_shlib_event:
7617
7618 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7619 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7620 case bp_thread_event:
7621
7622 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7623 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7624 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7625 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7626 case bp_until:
7627 case bp_finish:
7628 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7629 case bp_call_dummy:
7630 case bp_step_resume:
7631 case bp_longjmp:
7632 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7633 break;
7634 }
7635
7636 return 0;
7637 }
7638
7639 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7640 void
7641 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7642 {
7643 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7644 enum language save_language;
7645 int save_input_radix;
7646
7647 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7648 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7650 {
7651 /* Format possible error msg */
7652 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7653 b->number);
7654 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7655 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7656 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7657 }
7658 set_language (save_language);
7659 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7660
7661 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7662 }
7663 \f
7664 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7665
7666 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7667 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7668 void
7669 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7670 {
7671 if (b->thread != -1)
7672 {
7673 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7674 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7675 }
7676 }
7677
7678 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7679 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7680 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7681
7682 void
7683 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7684 {
7685 struct breakpoint *b;
7686
7687 if (count < 0)
7688 count = 0;
7689
7690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7691 if (b->number == bptnum)
7692 {
7693 b->ignore_count = count;
7694 if (from_tty)
7695 {
7696 if (count == 0)
7697 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7698 bptnum);
7699 else if (count == 1)
7700 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7701 bptnum);
7702 else
7703 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7704 count, bptnum);
7705 }
7706 breakpoints_changed ();
7707 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7708 return;
7709 }
7710
7711 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7712 }
7713
7714 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7715 void
7716 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7717 {
7718 struct breakpoint *b;
7719
7720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7721 b->ignore_count = 0;
7722 }
7723
7724 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7725
7726 static void
7727 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7728 {
7729 char *p = args;
7730 int num;
7731
7732 if (p == 0)
7733 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7734
7735 num = get_number (&p);
7736 if (num == 0)
7737 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7738 if (*p == 0)
7739 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7740
7741 set_ignore_count (num,
7742 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7743 from_tty);
7744 if (from_tty)
7745 printf_filtered ("\n");
7746 }
7747 \f
7748 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7749 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7750
7751 static void
7752 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7753 {
7754 char *p = args;
7755 char *p1;
7756 int num;
7757 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7758 int match;
7759
7760 if (p == 0)
7761 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7762
7763 while (*p)
7764 {
7765 match = 0;
7766 p1 = p;
7767
7768 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7769 if (num == 0)
7770 {
7771 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7772 }
7773 else
7774 {
7775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7776 if (b->number == num)
7777 {
7778 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7779 match = 1;
7780 function (b);
7781 if (related_breakpoint)
7782 function (related_breakpoint);
7783 break;
7784 }
7785 if (match == 0)
7786 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7787 }
7788 p = p1;
7789 }
7790 }
7791
7792 static struct bp_location *
7793 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7794 {
7795 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7796 char *p1;
7797 int bp_num;
7798 int loc_num;
7799 struct breakpoint *b;
7800 struct bp_location *loc;
7801
7802 *dot = '\0';
7803
7804 p1 = number;
7805 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7806 if (bp_num == 0)
7807 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7808
7809 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7810 if (b->number == bp_num)
7811 {
7812 break;
7813 }
7814
7815 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7816 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7817
7818 p1 = dot+1;
7819 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7820 if (loc_num == 0)
7821 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7822
7823 --loc_num;
7824 loc = b->loc;
7825 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7826 ;
7827 if (!loc)
7828 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7829
7830 return loc;
7831 }
7832
7833
7834 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7835 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7836 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7837
7838 void
7839 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7840 {
7841 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7842 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7843 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7844 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7845 return;
7846
7847 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7848 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7849 return;
7850
7851 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7852
7853 update_global_location_list (0);
7854
7855 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7856 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7857 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7858 }
7859
7860 static void
7861 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7862 {
7863 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7864 if (args == 0)
7865 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7866 switch (bpt->type)
7867 {
7868 case bp_none:
7869 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7870 bpt->number);
7871 continue;
7872 case bp_breakpoint:
7873 case bp_catch_load:
7874 case bp_catch_unload:
7875 case bp_catch_fork:
7876 case bp_catch_vfork:
7877 case bp_catch_exec:
7878 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7879 case bp_watchpoint:
7880 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7881 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7882 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7883 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7884 default:
7885 continue;
7886 }
7887 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7888 {
7889 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7890 if (loc)
7891 loc->enabled = 0;
7892 update_global_location_list (0);
7893 }
7894 else
7895 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7896 }
7897
7898 static void
7899 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7900 {
7901 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7902 struct value *mark;
7903
7904 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7905 {
7906 int i;
7907 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7908 target_resources_ok =
7909 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7910 i + 1, 0);
7911 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7912 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7913 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7914 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7915 }
7916
7917 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7918 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7919 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7920 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7921 {
7922 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7923
7924 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7925 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7926 {
7927 struct frame_info *fr =
7928 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7929 if (fr == NULL)
7930 {
7931 printf_filtered (_("\
7932 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7933 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7934 return;
7935 }
7936 select_frame (fr);
7937 }
7938
7939 if (bpt->val)
7940 value_free (bpt->val);
7941 mark = value_mark ();
7942 fetch_watchpoint_value (bpt->exp, &bpt->val, NULL, NULL);
7943 if (bpt->val)
7944 release_value (bpt->val);
7945 bpt->val_valid = 1;
7946
7947 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7948 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7949 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7950 {
7951 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7952 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7953
7954 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7955 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7956 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7957 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7958 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7959 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7960 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7961 {
7962 printf_filtered (_("\
7963 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7964 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7965 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7966 return;
7967 }
7968 }
7969
7970 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7971 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7972 }
7973
7974 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7975 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7976 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7977 update_global_location_list (1);
7978 breakpoints_changed ();
7979
7980 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7981 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7982 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7983 }
7984
7985
7986 void
7987 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7988 {
7989 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7990 }
7991
7992 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7993 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7994 in stopping the inferior. */
7995
7996 static void
7997 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7998 {
7999 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8000 if (args == 0)
8001 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8002 switch (bpt->type)
8003 {
8004 case bp_none:
8005 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8006 bpt->number);
8007 continue;
8008 case bp_breakpoint:
8009 case bp_catch_load:
8010 case bp_catch_unload:
8011 case bp_catch_fork:
8012 case bp_catch_vfork:
8013 case bp_catch_exec:
8014 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8015 case bp_watchpoint:
8016 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8017 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8018 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8019 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8020 default:
8021 continue;
8022 }
8023 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8024 {
8025 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8026 if (loc)
8027 loc->enabled = 1;
8028 update_global_location_list (1);
8029 }
8030 else
8031 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8032 }
8033
8034 static void
8035 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8036 {
8037 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8038 }
8039
8040 static void
8041 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8042 {
8043 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8044 }
8045
8046 static void
8047 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8048 {
8049 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8050 }
8051
8052 static void
8053 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8054 {
8055 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8056 }
8057 \f
8058 static void
8059 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8060 {
8061 }
8062
8063 static void
8064 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8065 {
8066 }
8067
8068 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8069
8070 struct symtabs_and_lines
8071 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8072 {
8073 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8074 if (string == 0)
8075 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8076 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8077 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8078 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8079 default_breakpoint_line,
8080 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8081 else
8082 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8083 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8084 if (*string)
8085 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8086 return sals;
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8090 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8091 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8092 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8093 someday. */
8094
8095 void *
8096 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8097 {
8098 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8099
8100 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8101 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8102
8103 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8104 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8105 {
8106 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8107 xfree (bp_tgt);
8108 return NULL;
8109 }
8110
8111 return bp_tgt;
8112 }
8113
8114 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8115
8116 int
8117 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8118 {
8119 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8120 int ret;
8121
8122 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8123 xfree (bp_tgt);
8124
8125 return ret;
8126 }
8127
8128 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8129
8130 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8131
8132 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8133
8134 void
8135 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8136 {
8137 void **bpt_p;
8138
8139 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8140 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8141 else
8142 {
8143 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8144 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8145 }
8146
8147 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8148 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8149 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8150 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8151 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8152 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8153
8154 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8155 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8156 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8157 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8158 }
8159
8160 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8161
8162 void
8163 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8164 {
8165 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8166
8167 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8168 call. */
8169 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8170 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8171
8172 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8173 {
8174 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8175 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8176 }
8177 }
8178
8179 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8180
8181 static int
8182 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8183 {
8184 int i;
8185
8186 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8187 {
8188 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8189 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8190 return 1;
8191 }
8192
8193 return 0;
8194 }
8195
8196 int breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
8197 {
8198 return always_inserted_mode;
8199 }
8200
8201 \f
8202 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8203 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8204 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8205 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8206 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8207 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8208 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8209 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8210 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8211 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8212 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8213 \n\
8214 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8215 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8216 \n\
8217 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8218 \n\
8219 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8220
8221 void
8222 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8223 {
8224 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8225 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8226 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8227
8228 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8229
8230 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8231 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8232 before a breakpoint is set. */
8233 breakpoint_count = 0;
8234
8235 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8236 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8237 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8238 if (xdb_commands)
8239 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8240
8241 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8242 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8243 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8244 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8245 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8246 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8247 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8248 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8249
8250 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8251 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8252 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8253 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8254
8255 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8256 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8257 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8258 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8259 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8260 \n"
8261 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8262 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8263
8264 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8265 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8266 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8267 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8268 \n"
8269 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8270 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8271
8272 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8273 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8274 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8275 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8276 \n"
8277 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8278 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8279
8280 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8281 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8282 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8283 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8284 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8285 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8286 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8287 if (xdb_commands)
8288 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8289 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8290 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8291 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8292 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8293 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8294
8295 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8296
8297 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8298 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8299 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8300 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8301 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8302 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8303
8304 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8305 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8306 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8307 &enablebreaklist);
8308
8309 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8310 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8311 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8312 &enablebreaklist);
8313
8314 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8315 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8316 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8317 &enablelist);
8318
8319 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8320 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8321 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8322 &enablelist);
8323
8324 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8325 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8326 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8327 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8328 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8329 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8330 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8331 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8332 if (xdb_commands)
8333 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8334 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8335 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8336 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8337 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8338
8339 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8340 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8341 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8342 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8343 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8344 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8345 &disablelist);
8346
8347 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8348 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8349 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8350 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8351 \n\
8352 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8353 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8354 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8355 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8356 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8357 if (xdb_commands)
8358 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8359 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8360 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8361 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8362
8363 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8364 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8365 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8366 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8367 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8368 &deletelist);
8369
8370 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8371 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8372 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8373 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8374 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8375 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8376 \n\
8377 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8378 is executing in.\n\
8379 \n\
8380 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8381
8382 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8383 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8385 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8386
8387 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8388 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8389 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8390 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8391
8392 if (xdb_commands)
8393 {
8394 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8395 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8396 }
8397
8398 if (dbx_commands)
8399 {
8400 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8401 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8402 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8403 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8404 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8405 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8406 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8407 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8408 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8409 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8410 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8411 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8412 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8413 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8414 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8415 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8416 \n\
8417 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8418 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8419 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8420 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8421 breakpoint set."));
8422 }
8423
8424 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8425 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8426 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8427 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8428 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8429 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8430 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8431 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8432 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8433 \n\
8434 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8435 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8436 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8437 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8438 breakpoint set."));
8439
8440 if (xdb_commands)
8441 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8442 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8443 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8444 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8445 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8446 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8447 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8448 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8449 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8450 \n\
8451 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8452 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8453 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8454 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8455 breakpoint set."));
8456
8457 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8458 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8459 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8460 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8461 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8462 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8463 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8464 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8465 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8466 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8467 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8468 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8469 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8470 \n\
8471 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8472 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8473 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8474 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8475 breakpoint set."),
8476 &maintenanceinfolist);
8477
8478 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8479 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8480 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8481 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8482 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8483 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8484 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8485 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8486 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8487 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8488 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8489 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8490 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8491 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8492 Process events may be caught:\n\
8493 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8494 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8495 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8496 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8497 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8498 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8499 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8500 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8501 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8502 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8503 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8504 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8505 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8506 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8507 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8508 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8509 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8510 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8511 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8512 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8513 \n\
8514 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8515 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8516 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8517
8518 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8519 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8520 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8521 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8522 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8523 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8524
8525 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8526 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8527 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8528 an expression changes."));
8529 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8530
8531 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8532 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8533 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8534 an expression is read."));
8535 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8536
8537 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8538 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8539 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8540 an expression is either read or written."));
8541 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8542
8543 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8544 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8545
8546
8547 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8548 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8549 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8550 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8551 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8552 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8553 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8554 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8555 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8556 hardware.)"),
8557 NULL,
8558 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8559 &setlist, &showlist);
8560
8561 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8562
8563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8567 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8569 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8570 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8571 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8572 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8574 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8575
8576 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8577 &pending_break_support, _("\
8578 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8579 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8580 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8581 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8582 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8583 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8584 NULL,
8585 show_pending_break_support,
8586 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8587 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8588
8589 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8590
8591 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8592 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8593 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8594 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8595 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8596 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8597 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8598 NULL,
8599 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8600 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8601 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8602
8603 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8604 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8605 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8606 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8607 When this mode is off (which is the default), breakpoints are inserted in\n\
8608 inferior when it is resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this\n\
8609 mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when\n\
8610 the user deletes the breakpoint."),
8611 NULL,
8612 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8613 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8614 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8615
8616 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8617 }